section 3.1: cooperative banking - indian etd repository

220
20 Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking 3.1.1. A brief historical description of cooperative banks in India 21 3.1.2 Urban Co-operative Banks 24 3.1.3 Rural Co-operative Credit Institutions 24 3.1.4 NABARD and the Co-operative Sector 28 3.1.5 Resources of NABARD 27 3.1.6. Credit extended by NABARD 29

Upload: others

Post on 12-Sep-2021

2 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

20

Section 3.1:

Cooperative Banking

3.1.1. A brief historical description of cooperative banks in India 21

3.1.2 Urban Co-operative Banks 24

3.1.3 Rural Co-operative Credit Institutions 24

3.1.4 NABARD and the Co-operative Sector 28

3.1.5 Resources of NABARD 27

3.1.6. Credit extended by NABARD 29

Page 2: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

21

3.1.1. A brief historical description of cooperative banks in India

Co-operative banking has passed through many phases since the enactment of the

Agricultural Credit Co-operative Societies Act in 1904. Co-operative banks, developed

largely as an offshoot of official policy, expanded rapidly in the post-independence era and

played an important role in implementation of various Government schemes. Their business

is now being re-engineered to strengthen their role in contributing to financial inclusion and

deepening banking penetration in an increasingly competitive financial landscape.

The co-operative banking structure in India is complex. It comprises urban co-

operative banks and rural co-operative credit institutions.

Urban co-operative financial institutions consist of a single tier, viz., primary co-operative

banks, commonly referred to as urban co-operative banks (UCBs). However, they are

classified according to their scheduled status, operational outreach and purpose/clientele.

Out of the 1,853 UCBs, 55 enjoyed scheduled status, of which 24 had multi-State presence

as on March 31, 2006. Of the non-scheduled UCBs, 117 were Mahila (women) UCBs and

another 6 were Scheduled Caste (SC)/Scheduled Tribe (ST) banks. In addition, there were

79 salary earner‘s UCBs. Out of the 1,853 banks, 914 UCBs were unit banks i.e., having a

single Head office/branch set up.

Historically, rural co-operative credit institutions have played an important role in

providing institutional credit to the agricultural and the rural sectors. These credit

institutions have typically been divided into two distinct structures, commonly known as

the short-term co-operative credit structure (STCCS) and the long-term co-operative credit

structure (LTCCS). The STCCS, comprising primary agricultural credit societies (PACS) at

the village level, district central co-operative banks (DCCBs) at the intermediate level, and

the state co-operative banks (StCBs) at the apex level, provides crop and other working

capital loans primarily for short-term purposes to farmers and rural artisans. The LTCCS,

comprising state co-operative agriculture and rural development banks (SCARDBs) at the

State level and primary co-operative agriculture and rural development banks (PCARDBs)

at the district or block level, has been providing typically medium and long-term loans for

making investments in agriculture, rural industries and, in the recent period, housing.

However, the structure of rural co-operative banks is not uniform across all States of the

country. Some States have a unitary structure with the State level banks operating through

their own branches, while others have a mixed structure incorporating both unitary and

federal systems.

Several measures have been initiated in recent years with the primary objective of

evolving a turnaround in the financial health of the cooperative sector. As announced in the

Mid-Term Review of the Annual Policy 2004-2005, a draft Vision Document for Urban

Co-operative Banks was formulated and placed in the public domain in March 2005. As

UCBs are subject to dual control by the Reserve Bank and the State Governments, the

Vision Document envisaged greater convergence in the approach towards regulation and

supervision over UCBs for facilitating the development of the sector. For strengthening the

rural co-operative credit institutions, the Government of India constituted the Task Force on

Revival of Rural Co-operative Credit Institutions (Chairman: Prof. A. Vaidyanathan) in

August 2004 to formulate a practical and implement able action plan for revival of rural co-

operative banking institutions. In view of the multi-tier regulatory structure, heterogeneous

nature of operations and problems of incentives faced by the co-operative sector,

consultative process of policy formulation guided the approach of reform in this important

Page 3: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

22

segment of the financial sector. Prudential regulatory standards were designed keeping in

view the nature of their business with an overall objective of improving their financial

health.

Business operations of UCBs (scheduled and unscheduled), on the whole, expanded

at a moderate rate, though scheduled UCBs grew at a relatively higher rate during the year.

The asset quality of UCBs also improved significantly. Profits of scheduled UCBs

increased during 2005-06.

Page 4: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

23

Table 3.1: The cooperative credit institutions

All segments of the rural co-operative sector were able to expand their business

operations during 2004-05, the latest period for which data were available (Table 3.1).

However, their financial performance varied across the institutions. Within the short-term

structure, while the StCBs earned lower profits, on account of a sharp decline in income, as

compared with 2003-04, DCCBs earned higher profits over the same period due to a

significant rise in income. PACS, on the whole, continued to make overall losses, although

a sizable number of them earned profit. In the case of long-term structure, while the

SCARDBs continued to incur net losses during 2004-05 on account of rise in expenditure,

especially in provisions and contingencies, PCARDBs staged a turnaround over the same

period, facilitated by a sharp increase in non-interest income and expenditure containment.

Asset quality of short-term structure of rural co-operative banks improved, while NPAs of

long-term institutions increased. Improvement in the recovery performance of the PACS

also brought down their over dues ratio.

The SHG-Bank linkage programme and extension of financial assistance to micro-

finance institutions (MFIs) continued with their high growth. NABARD continued to play a

pivotal role in refinancing, monitoring project implementation, administering various

Government schemes and capacity building of rural co-operative credit institutions

A significant number of co-operative banks are covered under the deposit insurance

scheme of Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation (DICGC). As on March 31,

2006, the numbers of insured co-operative banks were 2,245. The insurance premium

received from co-operative banks amounted to Rs.190 crore during 2005-06 as against

Rs.143

Page 5: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

24

crore during the previous year. During the year, the DICGC settled claims for 43 co-

operative banks for an aggregate amount of Rs.565 crore, an amount much higher than the

premium received. The aggregate amount of claims paid and provided for 147 co-operative

banks, since the inception of the Scheme, amounted to Rs.1,760 crore. Repayment received

by DICGC out of the recoveries since inception amounted to Rs.28 crore (including Rs.8

crore during 2005-06). Together with the strengthening of the prudential standards, deposit

insurance also has played a significant role in enhancing stability of this sector.

3.1.2 Urban Co-operative Banks

UCBs are unique in terms of their clientele mix and channels of credit delivery.

UCBs are organised with the objective of promoting thrift and self-help among the middle

class/lower middle class population and providing credit facilities to the people with small

means in the urban/semi urban centers. On account of their local feel and familiarity, UCBs

are important for achieving greater financial inclusion. In recent times, however, UCBs

have shown several weaknesses, particularly related to their financial health.

Recognising their important role in the financial system, it has been the endeavor of the

Reserve Bank to promote their healthy growth. However, the heterogeneous nature of the

sector has called for a differentiated regime of regulation. In recent years, therefore, the

Reserve Bank has provided regulatory support to small and weak UCBs, while at the same

time strengthening their supervision (Box IV.1).

Box 3.1: Two-Tier Framework for Regulation and Supervision of Urban Co-operative

Banks

3.1.3 Rural Co-operative Credit Institutions

Page 6: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

25

The rural credit co-operative system has served as an important instrument of credit

delivery in rural and agricultural areas. The separate structure of rural co-operatives for

long-term and short-term loans has enabled these institutions to improve rural credit

delivery. At the same time, their federal structure has helped in providing support structure

for the guidance and critical financing for the lower structure. Rural institutions have a

wider outreach, with as many as 1,08,779 primary agricultural co-operative societies

(PACS), the grass root organisation of the rural co-operative banking structure, operating in

the country as on March 2005.

Page 7: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

26

Table 3.2: Select Indicators of Non-Scheduled Urban Co-operative Banks ñ Centre-wise(As

at end-March 2006)

The rural co-operative credit institutions face many challenges such as low resource

base, lack of diversification, huge accumulated losses, persistent NPAs and low recovery

levels. Many institutions continued to make losses during 2004-05. Total accumulated

losses aggregated Rs.8,746 crore as on March 31, 2004. NABARD and the Reserve Bank,

therefore, have been taking several supervisory and developmental measures in

consultation with the Central Government for the revival of weak institutions and orderly

growth of this important segment of the financial sector.

3.1.4 NABARD and the Co-operative Sector

National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD) was established on July

12, 1982 as a development bank to perform the following functions:

(i) to serve as an apex financing agency for the institutions providing investment and

production credit for promoting various developmental activities in rural areas;

(ii) to take measures towards institution building for improving absorptive capacity of the

credit delivery system, including monitoring, formulation of rehabilitation schemes,

restructuring of credit institutions and training of personnel;

(iii) to co-ordinate the rural financing activities of all institutions engaged in developmental

work at the field level and maintain liaison with the Government of India, the State

Governments, the Reserve Bank and other national level institutions concerned with policy

formulation; and

(iv) to undertake monitoring and evaluation of projects refinanced by it.

NABARD‘s refinance is available to SCARDBs, StCBs,RRBs, commercial banks

and other financial institutions approved by the Reserve Bank. While the ultimate

beneficiaries of investment credit can be individuals, partnership concerns, companies,

Page 8: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

27

State-owned corporations or co-operative societies, production credit is generally extended

to individuals.

3.1.5 Resources of NABARD

The Reserve Bank has been providing two General Lines of Credit (GLC) to

NABARD under

Section 17(4E) of the RBI Act, 1934, to enable it to meet the short-term requirements of

scheduled commercial banks, state co-operative banks and RRBs. During 2005-2006 (July-

June), a GLC of

Rs.3,000 crore was sanctioned at an interest rate of 6 per cent per annum, for providing

refinance to state co-operative banks and RRBs for seasonal agricultural operations (SAO).

However, NABARD has been permitted to operate the GLC limit sanctioned for 2005-06

for drawals as well as for repayments up to December 31, 2006. As the limit would not be

available after December 31, 2006, NABARD has been advised to start accessing the

markets on a regular basis for sufficient amounts so that the timeframe indicated for

withdrawal of GLC is adhered to.

Net accretion to the resources of NABARD at Rs.6,826 crore during 2005-06

registered a sharp increase of 39.6 per cent. Rural Infrastructure Development Fund (RIDF)

and issuance of bonds, emerged as the two most important source of funds for NABARD.

After repaying a significant amount of borrowing from commercial banks resorted to in the

previous year and repayment to the Reserve Bank, it was left

with a sizable amount for lending activity during the year (Table 3.3).

Page 9: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

28

Table 3.3 : Net Accretion in the Resources of NABARD

Page 10: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

29

3.1.6. Credit extended by NABARD

NABARD provides short-term credit facilities to StCBs for financing seasonal

agricultural operations (SAO); marketing of crops; pisciculture activities;

production/procurement and marketing activities of co-operative weavers societies;

purchase and sale of yarn by apex/regional societies; production and marketing activities of

industrial co-operatives; financing of individual rural artisans through PACS; purchase and

distribution of fertilisers and allied activities; and marketing activities. Medium-term

facilities were provided to StCBs and RRBs for converting short-term loans for financing

SAO to medium-term (conversion) loans and for approved agricultural purposes. Long-

term loans are provided to the State Governments for contributing to share capital of co-

operative credit institutions. During 2005-06, NABARD sanctioned total credit limits

aggregating Rs.13,099 crore as against Rs.13,230 crore during 2004-05 for various short

and medium-term purposes to StCBs and RRBs, and long-term loans to the State

Governments. While limits granted to the state cooperative banks declined significantly,

those granted to RRBs increased during the year. However, amounts drawn by these

institutions were significantly higher than the previous year, leading to a sharp increase in

outstanding amount at end March 2006.

To enhance the flow of credit to agriculture sector, NABARD advised StCBs,

DCCBs and RRBs in June 2004 about the measures to be taken under various schemes to

give relief to farmers. While implementing these measures and extension of the

conversion/reschedulement of loans to farmers in distress and farmers in arrears, it was

apprehended that there could be a liquidity crunch in co-operative banks and RRBs,

impairing their ability to provide fresh loans and achievement of the envisaged growth rate

during the year. In order to enable co-operative banks and RRBs to tide over such liquidity

gap, NABARD extended liquidity support to StCBs on behalf of DCCBs for a fixed period

of 36 months at a

concessional interest rate of five per cent and to RRBs for a period of 18 months at a

interest rate of 6.5 per cent. As on 30 June 2006, sanctions under the scheme amounted to

Rs.515 crore to StCBs and Rs.482 crore to RRBs.

Page 11: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

30

Section 3.2:

Introduction to Risk Management in

banks

3.2.1 An introduction to risk management in banking system 31

3.2.2 Objective of risk management 32

3.2.3 Some definitions and declaration of objective of risk management 33

3.2.3.1 Reviewing of risk management methods 34

3.2.4 Risk identification 35

3.2.5 Risk assessment methods 37

3.2.6 Risk management 38

3.2.7 Risk management process 43

3.2.8 Risk Management Structure 44

3.2.9 The Risk Management Cycle 46

3.2.10 RBI guidelines in Risk management systems in banks 48

Page 12: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

31

3.2.1 An introduction to risk management in banking system

Every one of us knows that human life and possession of assets are frequently

exposed to loss or damage because of various reasons. There is a great deal of

uncertainty and risk in life as well as in industry. Since people are aware of this

uncertainty and risk of their lives and possessions they show a strong desire for

security. The need for security is sought by taking all precautions possible to avoid

or prevent the consequences of risk.24

In view of growing complexity of banks‘ business and the dynamic operating

environment, risk management has become very significant, especially in the

financial sector. Risk at the apex level may be visualized as the probability of a

banks‘ financial health being impaired due to one or more contingent factors. While

the parameters indicating the banks‘ heath may very from net interest margin to

market value of equity, the factor which can cause the important are also numerous.

For instance, these could be default in repayment of loans by borrowers, change in

value of assets or disruption of operation due to reason like technological failure.

While the first two factors may be classified as credit risk and market risk, generally

banks have all risks excluding the credit risk and market risk as operational risk.

Risk Analysis, in a broad sense, is any method — qualitative and/or

quantitative — for assessing the impacts of risk on decisions. Myriad Risk Analysis

methods are used that blend both qualitative and quantitative techniques. The goal of

any of these methods is to help the decision-maker choose a course of action, given

a better understanding of the possible outcomes that could occur.

Risk- is the expression of the likelihood and impact of uncertain future events

with potential to influence the achievement of an organization‘s objectives.

Risk analysis (RA) - the systematic use of information to identify the

probability that something will occur and to assess the impact such events will have

on the achievement of an organization‘s objectives.

24

RISK MANAGEMENT AND TECHNIQUES Dr. Ch, Rama Prasada Rao Professor Dr. P. Murali Krishna Assistant Professor Sri

Krishnadevaraya Institute of Management, S.K. University, Anantapur (India)

Page 13: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

32

Risk management (RM) -Risk management is a systematic method of

identifying, analyzing, assessing, treating, monitoring and communicating risk, in

order to keep the organization‘s exposure to risk at acceptable levels.

Operational Risk- Operational risk is the risk of direct or indirect loss from

inadequate or failed internal processes, people, and system from external events.

Credit Risk – credit risk is the risk that a borrower may default on his

obligation, or unable to perform under the terms of the contract.

Market Risk – The part of overall risk of an asset, organization, position or

portfolio, which is due to potential changes in the market prices of assets.

The opportunity for advancement cannot be achieved without taking risk. "Risk in

itself is not bad; risk is essential to progress, and failure is often a key part of learning. But

we must learn to balance the possible negative consequences of risk against the potential

benefits of its associated opportunity. Every one knows that business grows only by taking

risk. Managing risk is important but managing the change before the risk is very important.

Risk Management is the application of proactive strategy to plan, lead,

organize, and control the wide variety of risks that are woven into the fabric of an

organization‘s daily and long-term functioning. Like it or not, risk has a say in the

achievement of our goals and in the overall success of an organization.

.2.1.1 Objective of risk management

The objectives of banks for risk management by the regulatory authorities

may be summed up as follows:

To impose capital adequacy norms keeping in view the risk banks are

required to take as the competitive market demands.

To level the competitive field of banks by setting common benchmarks for all

banks.

To control and monitor 'systemic risk' that may arise due to failure of the

whole banking system.

Page 14: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

33

To develop and prescribe appropriate business and supervisory practices to

sustain risks taken by banks under market commands, and

To protect the interest of depositors and other stakeholders of banks.

Therefore principal objective of risk management has been defined as "the effective

planning of resources needed to recover financial balance and operating

effectiveness after a fortuitous loss, thus obtaining a short-term loss of risk stability

and long term risk minimization. "

3.2.11 Some definitions and declaration of objective of risk management

Webster's dictionary defines risk as 'the chance of injury, damage, or loss'. Several

financial management experts have defined 'risk' in their own way. Peterson felt that though

the terms risk and uncertainty are many times used to mean their outcome, in uncertainty is

not knowing what is going to happen, while risk is how we characterize how much

uncertainty exists. He defined risk as “the degree of uncertainty”. The investment thinkers

have opinioned that risk is that the actual return from holding a security will deviate from

the expected return. The psychologists (Kogan and Wallach, Slovic, 1987), economists

(Knight, 1921), anthropologist (Dougias and Wildavsky, 1982) and sociologists (Heiomer,

1988) have examined the role of risk in their respective fields of analyses in different ways.

Risk is the variability in the actual returns in relation to the estimated returns.

The decision situations with reference to risk analysis can be broken up into

three types:

(i) Uncertainty,

(ii) Risk, and

(iii) Certainty.

The risk situation is one, which the probabilities of occurrence of a particular

event are known. These probabilities are not known under the uncertainty situation.

The difference between risk and uncertainty, therefore, lies in the fact that variability

is less in risk than in uncertainty. In other words, in a strict mathematical sense,

there is a distinction between the two:

Page 15: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

34

Risk refers to a set of unique outcomes for a given event, which can be assigned

probabilities, while uncertainty refers to the outcomes of a given event, which are too

unsure to be assigned probabilities. That is, risk exists when the decision maker is in a

position to assign probabilities to various outcomes (i.e. probability distribution is known to

him). This happens when the decision maker has some historical data on the basis of which

he assigns probabilities to other projects of the same type. Uncertainty exists when the

decision maker has no historical data from which to develop a probability distribution, and

must make intelligent guesses in order to develop a subjective probability distribution. For

example, if the proposed project is completely new to the bank, the decision maker, through

research and consultation with others, may be able to subjectively assign probabilities to

various outcomes. Throughout this chapter, however, the terms risk and uncertainty will be

used interchangeably to refer to an uncertain decision making situation.

It is, then, obvious that if the future returns will be certain, that is, if they could be

forecast accurately, there would be no risk involved in such situations. The less accurately

they are forecast, the more likely would be the risk involved in the investment decision.

The variability of returns and hence, risk would vary with the type of project. For instance,

lease-purchase capital budgeting will, according to this criterion, have no risk since no

variability is associated with the returns. This is because the firm purchases the asset to give

it on lease for a specified number of annual lease payments. The return, in other words, is

absolutely certain. Another example of risk-free investment is the various types of

government and government-guaranteed securities. Excepting these few cases, the

investment decision is faced with the problem of uncertain returns, which vary widely

depending on the nature and purpose of the decision. Thus, the capital budgeting decision

for starting a new product will have more uncertain returns than the one involving

expansion of an existing one. Further, the estimates of returns from cost-reduction type of

capital budgeting will be subject to a lower degree of risk, than the revenue-expanding

capital budgeting project. In brief, risk, with reference to capital budgeting, results from the

variation between the estimated and the actual returns.

.2.1.2 Reviewing of risk management methods

Organizations face various risks. Unfortunately, their risk management focus

has been primarily on fluctuations in interest rates, exchange rates and stock market indices.

Risk is all about liability and taking steps to reduce it. Several factors contribute to this

Page 16: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

35

weakness, not just financial risks. So, taking an integrated view of the various risks faced,

both financial and non-financial, is important for any business entity.

Most organizations deal with risk in a piecemeal fashion. Within the same company,

the finance, treasury, human resources and legal departments might manage risks

independently; an organization-wide view of risk management can greatly improve

efficiencies and generate synergies

Willy-nilly risk and uncertainty are real. Everyone encounters uncertainty in

everyday lire - uncertainty about weather, uncertainty about the performance of one's

investment, and uncertainty about one's health. As future is so abound in uncertainty that to

live through it, despite the thrills it offers to man, this helpless man is compelled to make an

all-out effort to counterbalance this future uncertainty. Men for several years have sought

ways of controlling the risk to which mankind and business ventures are subjected to.

However in recent years risk management has emerged as a distinct subject and as an arm

of practical management in its own right. It brings together ideas and techniques drawn

from many disciplines in order to provide a sound conceptual foundation and a set of tools

for the analysis and control of risk. In view of the importance of risk management, an

attempt is made to present the techniques of managing financial risk.

It has, therefore, become necessary for the monetary authorities all over the world to

develop and prescribe risk management norms and tools to regulate risk-taking activities of

banks and financial institutions. These regulations prescribe norms and models based on

core concepts of risk taking power and admissibility of tools to manage the same. The

regulatory framework keeps in view the necessity of taking risk in banks as per the market

demands while safeguarding the interest of depositors and other stakeholders. It has,

therefore, reposed faith in the core concept of the capital adequacy norms and or risk-based

capital i.e., stressing the need for adequacy of capital to sustain the risks taken. This

obviously implies that there should be quantitative assessment of risk to match the quantum

of capital.

.2.1.3 Risk identification

Risk identification is the first thing to be done, but it is not the first thing to design.

The best way to identifying risks is depends on what you will do with them so has to be

designed last. For example, risk rating that focuses on losses is often supplied with risks by

Page 17: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

36

identifying an organization‘s assets and listing the ways those assets could be damaged or

otherwise become less valuable. Risk modeling based on cause-effect models tends to

determine the risks; they are the distributions of the independent variables in the model,

though it is also possible and desirable to adapt the model to incorporate other specific risks

identified by other means.

Here are some considerations for designing the risk identification method:

Partitioning: Whatever risk identification method is chosen it is usually good to do it in a

way that slices up risks so that everything is caught, but only once. There should be no gaps

and no double counting. The breakdown usually takes more than one level. For example,

first by geography, then by business activity and etc. There is a big difference between

having a list of areas to consider and having a list of areas to consider that is complete.

Even taking a list of risk types from an official document such as a risk management

standard does not guarantee that the list is comprehensive, but there are ways to think

through the breakdown that guarantee completeness.

Relative entropy: It is also good to break down large risk sets so that all risk sets carry

about the same amount of risk. This means management reports of risk are more

informative per page than they would be if very large risk sets were not broken down and

instead tiny risk sets were given space for their trivial statistics. This implies some risk

assessment is needed during risk identification.

Clarity of objectives: A popular approach among internal control experts is to derive risks

from business objectives. Risks are simply the ways in which you could fail to achieve your

objectives. Unfortunately, life doesn't always allow clear objectives. Looking at risk is part

of forming objectives, so you often need to do it before objectives have been set. Objectives

are often unclear and shifting for very good reasons; if they did not move for a year it

would imply an extraordinarily stable business environment or managers who have stopped

thinking. Risk management needs to be able to ride this out so if there is any doubt about

business objectives they should not be the sole basis of risk identification.

Volunteering: If you rely on people to volunteer risks they may not volunteer all the risks

they know about. They may keep quiet because they don't want to risk offending senior

management (or other groups they fear such as human resources and IT) or fear being made

responsible for a risk about which little can be done. For risks where this is likely it may be

necessary to put the risk into the register at the start and make rating dependent on objective

criteria. For example, people may be reluctant to suggest "fraud by senior management" as

a risk, and even more reluctant to opine that the risk is high.

Page 18: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

37

Richness: Some methods of risk identification tend to lead to bland, unhelpful risks and

little if any insight. Taking your objectives as the source of risk ideas can lead to risks that

are just the original objective with the words "Risk that we fail to" stuck on the front. They

also tend to be inward looking with the external environment ignored. Taking risks as just

the independent variable in existing business models also leads to sterile risks.

.2.1.4 Risk assessment methods

Some of the risk assessment and risk analysis methods are as following:

Risk Measures: The most common approach in the theory of finance is to calculate

expected returns (i.e. what is expected on average) and calculate another number, which

represents the amount of risk involved. Early theories used the variance of returns from an

investment as the measure of its risk. There are now alternatives to this including formulae

that do not involve squaring the difference between points on the distribution and its mean,

and formulae that give a different weight to variations below the mean compared to

variations above the mean. In the capital asset pricing model (CAPM) theory it is only

systematic risk (i.e. risk that cannot be removed by diversification) that is considered.

Value at Risk: In this approach the only outcomes given any weight are those that

lead to collapse of the firm or some other disastrous outcome. Given a level of confidence,

the calculation sets out to estimate the amount of capital backing you would need to be that

confident of avoiding collapse. Other outcomes do not get the same attention so, in effect;

most of the attention goes onto circumstances that are extremely unlikely.

An indicator but not a measure: In some risk management approaches there is no

measurement at all. There may just be relative ratings, points, or categorizations (e.g.

"High, Medium, Low", "Red, Amber, and Green"). If the objective is to direct remedial

action to the right places it may that just know the most risky areas is enough.

Expected Utility: In this theory there is no separate measure of risk . The expected

return is measured in utility instead of money. The theory is that it is possible to assign

numbers to outcomes so that they sum up a rational person's preference for those outcomes

and decisions can be made purely on the basis of maximizing expected utility. Although

there is plenty of evidence that we do not always act in accordance with this theory we

would probably do better in life if we did. Expected Utility is a tool for rational decision

making under uncertainty even in these tough conditions. Each objective is turned into an

attribute in a simple utility formula, and levels of achievement on each attribute are

described to create scales. Once you have established the attributes you value at all, and set

Page 19: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

38

out a scale for each, it can take just a few minutes to get a rough idea of how much you

value each level of achievement against each attribute/objective. This can be done using

very simple software based on techniques called conjoint analysis.

.2.1.5 Risk management

Risk management25

is the practice of defining the risk level an institution desires,

identifying the risk level the institution has and using derivatives and such other financial

instruments to control and adjust the level of risk that the institution is expected to bear. As

risk taking is the business of banking it is necessary to adopt suitable risk management

techniques to keep it at a sustainable level.

Risk management is the identification, measurement and treatment of exposures to

potential accidental losses, almost always in situations where the only possible outcomes

are losses or no change in status quo. The principal objective of risk management has been

defined as "the effective planning of resources needed to recover financial balance and

operating effectiveness after a fortuitous loss, thus obtaining a short-term loss of risk

stability and long term risk minimization. " Hence risk management is essentially

associated with losses and as the risk arising from currency fluctuations has assumed

increasing importance in recent years, currency risk management has gained prominence in

international risk management.26

Risk Management has got much importance in the Indian Economy during this

liberalization period. The foremost among the challenges faced by the banking sector today

is the challenge of understanding and managing the risk. The very nature of the banking

business is having the threat of risk imbibed in it. Banks' main role is intermediation

between those having resources and those requiring resources. The investors do not want to

accept the risks attendant thereto. Hence financial intermediation becomes necessary and

banks came into the scene and assured prompt repayment of funds and accepted the risk of

default. As compensation, they earned a net interest margin between what they paid to the

investors and what they charged from the borrowers.27

25

Risk Management Techniques and Application in Banking Under Basel II Accord , April 2006 © 2006 The ICFAI University Press

,Professional bankers pp. 49,50 26 CURRENCY RISK MANAGEMENT Lessons from South Asian Economic Turmoil, Prof.C Siva Rama Krishna Rao, Professor, Department of Economics, Kakatiya University, Warangal - 506 009,pp 141 27

RISK MANAGEMENT -FTNANCE AND BANKING Dr. P. Murali Krishna Assistant Professor, Sri Krishnadevaraya Institute of

Management, S.K.University, Anantapur M.Sreenivasulu ,Officer, Andhra Bank, Pamidi, Anantapur (A.P).

Page 20: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

39

For management of risk at corporate level, various risks like credit risk, market risk

or operational risk have to be converted into one composite measure. Therefore, it is

necessary that measurement of operational risk should be in tandem with other

measurements of credit and market risk so that the requisite composite estimate can be

worked out. The qualitative elements of risk are sown in Exhibit 1.

The definition of financial risk is avoided in major texts like Brealey and Myers

(1996) and Copeland and Weston (1992). The discussion plunges straight into the

measurement and management of risk, as if the concept of risk itself was unproblematic.

For example, Eales (1995), a 278-page text on financial risk management, devotes less than

one paragraph to the definition of risk, plunging straight into its management. Eeckhoudt

and Gollier (1995), a significant new text on financial risk, states its fundamental

assumption (p.3) - ‗that the individual or corporation - or more generally the decision

maker - is only interested in one thing: the level of final wealth.... We do not intend to

engage in a debate that tends towards the theological. Thus a fundamental assumption is

stated without any empirical support, and assumed to be justifying because it is commonly

accepted in the literature. In most finance texts, it is as if everyone knows what risk is so

there is no need to define it - lets go ahead and measure it, and even more importantly,

demonstrate ways of managing it.‘

Page 21: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

40

The emphasis on risk management and the sub-categorization of risks - interest rate

risk, market risk, and credit risk - are all attempts at grappling with the reality of specific

risks as they affect firms and individuals (Hentschel and Smith, 1994). For example, for

bankers, the evaluation of credit risk is paramount if they are to make profitable lending

decisions. Techniques of evaluating these have evolved in Finance, which provide useful

inroads into the assessment of default. Thus quite sophisticated methods of risk analysis

have evolved in areas where there is commercial benefit from accurate analysis. However,

such approaches do not always enhance the scientific knowledge base of the fundamental

components of financial risk and how they inter-relate to one another.

Financial risk modeling is the practice of measuring risks in various domains of

finance viz. financial markets, banking, insurance etc. It is the most important part of

pricing financial instruments and also helps in regulation of financial activities like

investment banking, and lending. Financial risks can be classified broadly into the

following categories:

1. Market Risk

2. Credit Risk

3. Operational Risk

Market Risk is the change in value of assets due to changes in the underlying

economic factors such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, macroeconomic variables,

stock prices, and commodity prices. All economic entities that own assets face market risk.

For example, bills receivable of software exporters that are denominated in foreign

currencies are exposed to exchange rate fluctuations; while value of bonds/government

securities owned by investors depend on prevailing interest rates. Organizations with huge

exposures, either have a dedicated treasury department, or outsource market risk

management to banks. The role of modeling in measuring market risk is to forecast the

changes in the economic factors, and assess their impact on the asset value. The most

popular measure for expressing market risk is Value-at-Risk, which is ' the maximum loss'

from an unfavorable event, within a given level of confidence, for a given holding period.

Various financial instruments like options, futures, forwards, swaps etc. can be used

effectively to hedge the market risk. Availability of huge data on various markets has

facilitated the development of many sophisticated models.

Credit Risk is the change in value of a debt due to changes in the perceived ability

of counterparties to meet their contractual obligations (or credit rating). Also known as

default risk or counter party risk, credit risk is faced by lending institutions like banks,

Page 22: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

41

investors in debt instruments of corporate houses, and by parties involved in contractual

agreements like forward contracts. There are independent agencies that assess the credit

risk in form of credit ratings. Credit rating is an opinion (of the credit rating agency) on the

ability of the organization to perform its contractual obligations (pay the principle and/or

interest of the loan) on a timely basis. Each level of rating indicates a probability of default.

International credit rating agencies (like Moody's, Fitch, and S&P) use quantitative models

along with their experience to predict the credit ratings. Credit scoring models of banks and

lending institutions use stock prices (if available), financial performance and sector specific

data, and macroeconomic forecasts to predict the credit rating. Although credit ratings for

retail lending are not available, credit scoring models for individuals are gaining popularity.

Credit risk can be transferred using credit derivatives, and also by securitization an attempt

by a consortium of international banks (Basel Accords) to set regulatory standards for

lending institutions has lead to development of better and robust credit assessment models.

Operational Risk is defined as the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed

internal processes, people, and systems or from external events. In this sense all

organizations face operational risk. But for a financial institution/bank operational risk can

be defined as the possibility of loss due to mistakes made in carrying out transactions such

as settlement failures, failures to meet regulatory requirements, and untimely collections.

As of today, there is neither a concept nor a model for measuring operational risk that has

gained acceptance by financial engineers. There have been efforts by international banks

and financial institutions to indigenously develop models, none of which are available in

public domain. Till date insurance is the only avenue to manage (transfer) operational risk.

Due to absence of sound techniques, not many insurance companies offer cover for

operational risk Jorion Philippe, 2002 PP 449-457).

However, this approach struggles in the face of future uncertainty and is difficult to

apply in many everyday decisions. The further into the future you look the harder it is to

pin down specific cash flows. Businesses are complex systems with many feedback loops.

What is the value of a satisfied customer, improved brand image, or hiring someone who

has good ideas? Real decision-making relies on what people like to call "strategic"

considerations. In other words, things we think are important but which we can't seem to

reduce to cash flows.

We usually express what we are trying to do using objectives, which rarely have a

quantified link to cash flows. Our objectives are things like "Improved customer service",

"Higher awareness of our new services among our customers", and "A more motivated

Page 23: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

42

workforce". The value of different levels of achievement on these objectives is something

we typically have only a gut feel for. It would be nice to be more scientific but gut feel is

usually all we have time for, particularly as our plans and objectives often shift. In finance

and business management theory it is now common to take shareholder value as the

ultimate basis for decisions. This is seen as the same as the market value of a company's

shares and as the net present value (NPV) of future cash flows. Though there are variations

the typical accountant's way of evaluating decisions is to try to build a model that predicts

cash flows and then discount these to find the NPV of each alternative in the decision.

An efficient risk management system is contingent upon development of suitable

system for collection of data, its analysis and presentation. This is a daunting task in

operational risk measurement. Broadly, we can divide the operational risk in two parts.

First - events, which cause comparatively small losses. Usually such events occur at greater

frequency, e.g. errors, outages etc.; Second - events which cause huge loss and may even

threaten the existence of the company are rare. Though appropriate database could have

been developed for the first kind of operational risk events, so far no scientific methods of

data collection, analysis and interpretation have been developed. These events have been

dealt with Yule of thumb' methods evolved by the institutions over a period of time. For

instance, occurrences of frauds are dealt with on such basis. While historical data can be

available of frauds, the experiences gained are used to prevent occurrence of similar frauds

again. This is done through ensuring compliance to existing systems and procedures or

bringing about suitable modifications thereon.

The issue of data availability and measurement is much more complex in case of

rare events associated with large losses. First of all the data is not available either because

the events occur rarely or might not have occurred at all in the history of the institution; or

such events may not have been properly documented. The failure of Barings Bank and

Long Term Capital Management (LTCM), a reputed hedge fund in USA fall in this

category. Even in institutions where attempts have been made to put operational risk

measurement on sound footing, access to external data has remained rather limited, forcing

the institution to depend on data from internal sources which is not only inadequate but

may also have subjective elements.

Another difficulty in measurement of operational risk relates to proper analysis of

the available information. The post facto analysis of the loss events focuses on the factors,

which work prior to or at the time of the event. Effective risk measurement system demands

a statistical examination of cause and effect relationship, which may reoccur in future, and

Page 24: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

43

also the relationship between the loss and the control variable. In fact most of the control

variables are understood to have a strong correlation with loss events purely on a priori

reasoning without attempting statistical proof of such relationship.

As risk has to be managed at enterprise wide level where the composite measure of risk

shall encompass all possible risks, it is necessary to align the measure of operational risk

with the measures of other risks viz., credit risk and market risk. Credit/market risks can be

measured using a number of measures such as value at risk (VaR), earning volatility,

default and loss probabilities etc. For instance, impact of changes in asset prices on the

value of the bank's trading portfolio can be easily calculated; in the case of credit risk, the

changes in borrower's credit quality and the impact of interest rate changes can be captured

to assess the potential loss. These measures which require good understanding of the

frequency distribution of loss events, are not suitable for operational risk, while requires

estimating the probability of occurrence of a loss event and the potential size of loss.

Therefore, measurement of operational risk has to be developed using other methods and

loss expectancy therefore will have to be worked out. This still leaves out the difficulty of

alignment of operational risk measures with other risk measures. For the purpose, as

suggested by RBI and also by Bank for International Settlements (BIS), risk management

for all categories of risks should be developed to encompass Risk Adjusted Return on

Capital (RAROC) and capital allocation should be done accordingly. In the Indian context,

this demands substantial progress in risk management systems including that for credit and

market risk by banks.

.2.1.6 Risk management process

Banks in the process of financial intermediation are confronted with various

kinds of financial and non-financial risks viz., credit, interest rate, foreign exchange

rate, liquidity, equity price, commodity price, legal, regulatory, reputation,

operational, etc. These risks are highly interdependent and events that affect one

area of risk can have ramifications for a range of other risk categories. Thus, top

management of banks should attach considerable importance to improve the ability

to identify, measure, monitor and control the overall level of risks undertaken.

The broad parameters of risk management function should encompass:

1. Organizational structure;

Page 25: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

44

2. Comprehensive risk measurement approach;

1. Risk management policies approved by the Board which should be

consistent with the broader business strategies, capital strength, management

expertise and overall willingness to assume risk;

2. Guidelines and other parameters used to govern risk taking including

detailed structure of prudential limits;

3. Strong MIS for reporting, monitoring and controlling risks;

4. Well laid out procedures, effective control and comprehensive risk

reporting framework;

5. Separate risk management framework independent of operational

Departments and with clear delineation of levels of responsibility for management

of risk; and

6. Periodical review and evaluation.

.2.1.7 Risk Management Structure

A major issue in establishing an appropriate risk management organization

structure is choosing between a centralized and decentralized structure. The global

trend is towards centralizing risk management with integrated treasury management

function to benefit from information on aggregate exposure, natural netting of

exposures, economies of scale and easier reporting to top management. The primary

responsibility of understanding the risks run by the bank and ensuring that the risks

are appropriately managed should clearly be vested with the Board of Directors. The

Board should set risk limits by assessing the bank's risk and risk-bearing capacity.

At organizational level, overall risk management should be assigned to an

independent Risk Management Committee or Executive Committee of the top

Executives that reports directly to the Board of Directors. The purpose of this top-

level committee is to empower one group with full responsibility of evaluating

overall risks faced by the bank and determining the level of risks, which will be in

the best interest of the bank. At the same time, the Committee should hold the line

management more accountable for the risks under their control, and the performance

of the bank in that area. The functions of Risk Management Committee should

essentially be to identify, monitor and measure the risk profile of the bank. The

Page 26: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

45

Committee should also develop policies and procedures, verify the models that are

used for pricing complex products, review the risk models as development takes

place in the markets and also identify new risks. The risk policies should clearly

spell out the quantitative prudential limits on various segments of banks' operations.

Internationally, the trend is towards assigning risk limits in terms of portfolio

standards or Credit at Risk (credit risk) and Earnings at Risk and Value at Risk

(market risk). The Committee should design stress scenarios to measure the impact

of unusual market conditions and monitor variance between the actual volatility of

portfolio value and that predicted by the risk measures. The Committee should also

monitor compliance of various risk parameters by operating Departments.

A prerequisite for establishment of an effective risk management system is

the existence of a robust MIS, consistent in quality. The existing MIS, however,

requires substantial up gradation and strengthening of the data collection machinery

to ensure the integrity and reliability of data.

The risk management is a complex function and it requires specialized skills

and expertise. Banks have been moving towards the use of sophisticated models for

measuring and managing risks. Large banks and those operating in international

markets should develop internal risk management models to be able to compete

effectively with their competitors. As the domestic market integrates with the

international markets, the banks should have necessary expertise and skill in

managing various types of risks in a scientific manner. At a more sophisticated

level, the core staff at Head Offices should be trained in risk modeling and analytical

tools. It should, therefore, be the endeavor of all banks to upgrade the skills of staff.

Given the diversity of balance sheet profile, it is difficult to adopt a uniform

framework for management of risks in India. The design of risk management

functions should be bank specific, dictated by the size, complexity of functions, the

level of technical expertise and the quality of MIS. The proposed guidelines only

provide broad parameters and each bank may evolve their own systems compatible

to their risk management architecture and expertise.

Internationally, a committee approach to risk management is being adopted.

While the Asset - Liability Management Committee (ALCO) deal with different

Page 27: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

46

types of market risk, the Credit Policy Committee (CPC) oversees the credit

/counterparty risk and country risk. Thus, market and credit risks are managed in a

parallel two-track approach in banks. Banks could also set-up a single Committee

for integrated management of credit and market risks. Generally, the policies and

procedures for market risk are articulated in the ALM policies and credit risk is

addressed in Loan Policies and Procedures.

Currently, while market variables are held constant for quantifying credit risk, credit

variables are held constant in estimating market risk. The economic crises in some of the

countries have revealed a strong correlation between un-hedged market risk and credit risk.

Forex exposures, assumed by corporate who have no natural hedges, will increase the credit

risk which banks run vis-à-vis their counterparties. The volatility in the prices of collateral

also significantly affects the quality of the loan book. Thus, there is a need for integration

of the activities of both the ALCO and the CPC and consultation process should be

established to evaluate the impact of market and credit risks on the financial strength of

banks. Banks may also consider integrating market risk elements into their credit risk

assessment process.

.2.1.8 The Risk Management Cycle

This cycle consists of four components as shown in figure 1:

(a) Risk Management Philosophy:

Page 28: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

47

It defines the bank's approach to not only active risk management but also

specifying whether or not the bank should identify market inefficiencies with a

view to exploiting the same for profit which amounts to speculation which is not

unwarranted altogether. The philosophy not only defines and authorizes what

heading instruments to be used overall, but also determines the limits for broad

and major categories of risks along with who should be the counter parties for

risk heading.

(b) Goals of Risk management:

The bank specifies what it aims at with a risk management program. The benefits of

risk management are myriad in nature but accrue mainly in two ways; one is the benefit of risk

containment and the other is through profit optimization. The benefits include, inter alia, trading

profits, reduced volatility in cash flows, earnings market value, etc. Risk containment options

include, risk transfer, risk avoidance and risk reduction.

(c) Quantifying Risk Exposures:

The bank must know what risks it faces and implement a system of

measuring those risks. Value at Risk (VaR) is the most popular but a "stock"

measure of market risk defined at a point of time. It represents the state-of-the-

art in risk measurement for management. However, many times what is

required is a flow measure in terms of risk of cash flows or earnings. The

management determines which financial prices have a material impact on the

bank's balance sheet, estimates their volatility and aggregates the various risk

exposures into the VaR. Then procedures will be established for stress-testing

and contingency plans. In the near future, risk quantification is going to

graduate towards measuring "cash flow-at-risk" which will be an improved

measure of risk. Nevertheless, despite its several serious shortcomings, VaR is

likely to be with us in the future.

(d) Evaluation and Control

Effective evaluation of the risk containment measures and procedures

constitute the crucial part of any successful risk management system. Such

evaluation procedures should aim at minimizing if not mitigating scope for

Page 29: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

48

any unpleasant "surprises", for ensuring of which the control function should

remain independent of the activity itself.

There are several techniques of managing risk. The following are some of

them.

1. Insurance

2. Asset/Liability Management

3. Hedging

4. Transfer

5. Risk Retention

6. Avoiding

7. Risk reduction

8. Research

Combination/Portfolio Management

3.2.10 RBI guidelines in Risk management systems in banks

Banks in the process of financial intermediation are confronted of financial

and non-financial risks viz., credit, interest rate, liquidity, equity price, commodity

price, legal, regulatory, repute; etc. These risks arc highly interdependent and events

that affect have ramifications for a range of other risk categories. Thus, top

management of banks should attach considerable importance to improve the

measure, monitor and control the overall level of risks undertaken.

The broad parameters of risk management function should encompass:

(i) Organizational structure;

(ii) Comprehensive risk measurement approach;

(iii) Risk management policies approved by the Board which should be

consistent with the broader business strategies, capital strength, management

expertise and overall willingness to assume risk;

(iv) Guidelines and other parameters used to govern risk taken including

detailed structure of prudential limits;

(v) Strong MIS for reporting, monitoring and controlling risk ;

Page 30: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

49

(vi) Well laid out procedures, effective control and comprehensive

framework;

(vii) Separate risk management framework independent of operational

Department and with clear delineation of levels of responsibility for management of

risk; and

(viii) Periodical review and evaluation.

Page 31: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

50

Section 3.3:

Basel Committee Accords

(BCA)

3.3.1 Introduction 51

3.3.2 History of Basel Committee 52

3.3.3 Objectives for Basel II 54

3.3.4 Key Elements of Basel II 55

3.3.5 Basel II Implementation in India: A Seven-Step Approach 58

3.3.6 Conclusion 66

Page 32: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

51

3.3.1 Introduction

Basel is a small, sleepy town in northwestern Switzerland, close to the borders of

France and Germany. Basel is home to the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), an elite

financial club formed by world's central banks, Established in 1930, it is the oldest

multilateral financial institution in the world.

The Basel commission for bank regulation put forward a proposal for changing

banks' securitization of equity, which, among other things, involves greater differentiation of

loan interest rates. No longer will only exclusively economic risks be considered in the

future when checking creditworthiness. This means that, in the future, banks must deposit

less equity for lower risks and as a result can guarantee better conditions than previously. In

contrast to this, companies with a poorer rating result will be rated in a higher risk class,

which will affect credit conditions negatively. BIS has announced the International

Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards: A revised framework,

commonly known as Basel II, with the object of preventing major bank failures.

Consequently, Basel II also indirectly demands a rethinking and a reorientation of medium-

sized companies.

For well regulation all the banks and financial institutions could use following

techniques:

– SWOT analysis

– Potential analysis

– Discounted Cash Flow analysis

– Cost effectiveness study

– Forecasts

The analyses will prepare for the banks' internal rating, that is, for classification in a

risk class. The results of analysis will serve as the basis for undertaking changes in the banks

or company.

The regulation of the more exact creditworthiness check will be legally codified as of 2006.

For that reason, banks and financial institutions should be prepare themselves for the

changes by positioning the banks or company according to a clear strategy and uncover the

weak points and opportunities.

Page 33: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

52

In this section we will discussed about historical review of Basel committee accords, its

objectives, its key elements, its implications, implementation of Basel II in India with

Seven-step approach.

3.3.2 History of Basel Committee

In the 1980's globalization and deregulation opened the doors for global banking.

Without adequate supervision and regulation the banks collapsed in one country after the

other. In order to prevent such crises the Basel committee came out with sound principles

based on the best international practices, which came to be known as Basel I norms.

It was the first to arrive at an internationally accepted definition of bank capital as

also to prescribe a minimum acceptable level of capital for banks. The norms were

announced in 1988 and were adopted by banks from the end of 1992. The subsequently

Asian financial crisis exposed the chinks in the Armour of Basel I and it exposed its

inadequacies.

Hence the Basel committee in June 1999 proposed a new set of norms to reinforce

the structural soundness of the banks, particularly in the international banks. These norms,

which came to be called Basel II, sought to make use of the advances in risk management

practices and technology to match the required capital more closely with the multiple risks

faced by banks. To put it short and sweet the Basel norms can best be described as "one-size-

fits-all".

The second accord was prepared by Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, a

group of central banks and the bank supervisory authorities in the G-10 countries. The

countries include (Belgium, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, the

Netherlands, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and United States) which

developed the first standard in 1988. The Basel committee consists of officials of central

banks of industrialized G-10 countries and it has been debating the new framework since

1999.

The Committee does not possess any formal supranational supervisory authority, and

its conclusions do not, and were never intended to, have legal force. Rather, it formulates

broad supervisory standards and guidelines and recommends statements of best practice in

Page 34: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

53

the expectation that individual authorities will take steps to implement them through detailed

arrangements ― statutory or otherwise ― which are best suited to their own national systems.

In this way, the Committee encourages convergence towards common approaches and

common standards without attempting detailed harmonization of member countries

supervisory techniques.

The Committee reports to the central bank Governors of the Group of Ten countries

and seeks the Governors endorsement for its major initiatives. In addition, however, since

the Committee contains representatives from institutions, which are not central banks, the

decisions it takes carry the commitment of many national authorities outside the central

banking fraternity. These decisions cover a very wide range of financial issues. One

important objective of the Committee‘s work has been to close gaps in international

supervisory coverage in pursuit of two basic principles; that no foreign banking

establishment should escape supervision; and that supervision should be adequate. To

achieve this, the Committee has issued a long series of documents since 1975.

In 1988, the Committee decided to introduce a capital measurement system

commonly referred to as the Basel Capital Accord. This system provided for the

implementation of a credit risk measurement framework with a minimum capital standard of

8% by end-1992. Since 1988, this framework has been progressively introduced not only in

member countries but also in virtually all other countries with active international banks. In

June 1999, the Committee issued a proposal for a New Capital Adequacy Framework to

replace the 1988 Accord. The proposed capital framework consists of three pillars; minimum

capital requirement, which seeks to refine the standardized rules set forth in the 1988

Accord; supervisory review of an institution‗s internal assessment process and capital

adequacy; and effective use of disclosure to strengthen market discipline as a complement to

supervisory efforts. Following extensive interactions with banks and industry groups, the

revised framework was issued on 26 June 2004. This text will serve as a basis for national

rule-making and approval processes to continue and for banks to complete their

presentations for the new framework‗s implementation.

Over the past few years, the Committee has moved aggressively to promote sound

supervisory standards worldwide. In close collaboration with many non-G-10 supervisory

authorities, the Committee in 1997 developed a set of Core Principles for Effective Banking

Supervision, which provides a comprehensive blueprint for an effective supervisory system.

Page 35: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

54

To facilitate implementation and assessment, the Committee in October 1999 developed the

Core Principles Methodology.

In order to enable a wider group of countries to be associated with the work being

pursued in Basel, the Committee has always encouraged contacts and cooperation between

its members and other banking supervisory authorities. It circulates to supervisors

throughout the world published and unpublished papers. In many cases, supervisory

authorities in non-G-10 countries have seen fit publicly to associate themselves with the

Committee‘s initiatives. Contacts have been further strengthened by an International

conference on Banking Supervisors, which takes place every two years.

Changed Capital requirement in Basel I and Basel II

3.3.3 Objectives for Basel II

The reasons why the original accord must change are several

It does not encourage ―good risk management‖; the current supervisor

imposed risk weights do not distinguish whether the loan is rock solid or very iffy.

Overall, too much money is set aside to guard against default of very good

loans. If the money could be better targeted at riskier loans a huge amount of funds could be

freed up to invest in new projects. This could have a material impact on global growth.

Some risk areas, particularly operational risk do not get enough management

by banks, in part because there is no ―Capital Penalty‖ associated with it

Page 36: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

55

So Basel II is an attempt to redraft the international rules on Capital Adequacy to

address the above issues. It has proved a very long process as different countries and

banking groups have different priorities. It is hoped we are getting very close to the end. In

May 2003 the committee issued its third consultative paper (CP3 in the jargon), which it

hopes to formally ratify by the end of this year with a view to implementation in all G10

countries by the end of 2006.

Comparison of Basel Accords

3.3.4 Key Elements of Basel II

The new capital adequacy framework has been crafted following a lengthy and

inclusive consultation process, and offers several approaches of varying degrees of

sophistication aimed at being applicable to diverse banking and supervisory systems.

Basel II consists of three "pillars:"

Pillar 1: Capital Adequacy

Pillar 1 revises the 1988 Accord's guidelines by aligning the minimum capital

requirements more closely to each bank's actual risk of economic loss. It requires higher

levels of capital for those borrowers estimated to present higher levels of credit risk and vice

versa. Pillar 1 provides four basic variants for determining capital adequacy requirements for

banks:

Page 37: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

56

1. The "simple standardized approach," broadly based on the Basel I Accord of 1988;

b) the "standardized approach," using external credit ratings as a basis for setting capital

adequacy charges for various asset classes;

2. the "foundation internal ratings-based approach;" or

3. the "advanced internal ratings-based approach."

The latter two methodologies are based on probability of default and other

components of credit risk derived from banks' own internal risk analysis systems.

Pillar 1 also establishes an explicit capital charge for a bank's operational risk.

Pillar 2: Supervisory Review

Pillar 2 reinforces and expands many of the principles in the BCP and recognizes the

necessity of supervisors reviewing banks' internal assessments of their overall risks and

capital needs. Supervisors will evaluate the activities and risk profiles of banks to determine

whether the banks should hold higher levels of capital than what is specified under Pillar 1.

In addition, it suggests how banks could deal with risks not covered in Pillar 1, e.g.,

concentration risk and interest rate risk in the banking book.

Pillar3: Market discipline

Pillar 3 enhances the degree of transparency in bank's public reporting with the

expectation that this will provide a basis for more informed analysis by markets and

customers on banks' financial condition and risk management. Such information will

encourage market discipline, which, in turn, will support the efforts of bank supervisors to

encourage prudent management by banks.

Page 38: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

57

Pillar 1:

Capital

Adequacy Main Features Key Requirements

Credit Risk 1 Simplified

Standardized

Approach

(SSA)

Greater risk sensitivity than Basel I

through more risk buckets and risk

weights for sovereigns and banks based

on Export Credit Agency (ECA) risk

scores. Operational risk charge 15

percent of annual gross income. Pillars 2

and 3 applicable.

Credit Risk 2 Standardized

Approach (SA)

More risk buckets than SSA.

Risk weights for asset classes based on

ratings of external credit assessment

agencies (ECAIs) or ECA scores.

Enhanced credit risk mitigation

available.

Ratings of ECAIs.

Ability and capacity to qualify rating agencies and map

agency scores

Credit Risk 3 Foundation

Internal Ratings

Based

Approach (F-

IRB)

Based on risk components:

probability of default (PD), loss given

default (LGD), exposure at default

(EAD), and maturity (M).

Banks can use own PD estimates and

supervisory estimates for other

components.

Stress testing required.

Ability to assess banks' rating system design.

Ability to validate banks' risk management and stress

testing systems.

Ability to provide supervisory estimates of LGD and

EAD

Credit Risk 4 Advanced

Internal Ratings

Based

Approach (A-

IRB)

Capital requirements

determined as in F-IRB Banks can use

own estimates for PD, LGD, EAD and

M; subject to supervisory validation of

systems.

Stress testing required.

Ability to assess banks' rating system design.

Ability to validate banks' risk management and stress

testing systems.

Operational

Risk 1 Basic Indicator

Flat rate of 15 percent of gross

annual income.

Page 39: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

58

Approach

Operational

Risk 2 Standardized

Approach

Operational risk charges for

each business line, based on annual

income per business line, multiplied by

risk factor per business line.

System to distinguish business lines and

supervisory ability for validation of this system Data

on operational risk occurrences and cost.

Operational

Risk 3 Advanced

Measurement

Approach

Full reliance on banks' internal

risk measurement systems, subject to

supervisory approval.

Capacity for supervisory validation.

Pillar 2:

Supervisory

Review Main Features Key Requirements

Banks have a process for

assessing capital adequacy (CAAP) and

a strategy for maintaining capital level.

Supervisors evaluate banks' internal

capital adequacy systems and

compliance. Higher capital adequacy

levels for individual banks if risk profile

requires. Early intervention by

supervisors. Stress tests and Assessment

of interest rate risk and concentration

risk.

Supervisory ability and capacity to make the

necessary assessments.

Adequate legal and regulatory framework to take

action.

Pillar3:

Market

discipline

Information to be disclosed includes

Available capital in the group,

capital structure, detailed capital

requirements for credit risk;

Breakdown of asset

classification and provisioning

Breakdown of portfolios

according to risk buckets and risk

components

Credit risk mitigation (CRM)

methods and exposure covered by CRM

Operational risk; and

Banks' information systems to produce

required breakdowns;

Accounting and auditing systems that safeguard

accuracy of disclosures; and

Ability to require disclosure, monitor and verify.

3.3.5 Basel II Implementation in India: A Seven-Step Approach28

The Basel II capital adequacy rules are based on a "menu" approach. Banks and

regulators are offered two distinct sets of options for banks for computing credit risk capital

charges: (i) two "standardized" approaches based on external credit assessments; and (ii) two

28

www.iflexconsulting.com; i-flex solutions limited, i-flex Park, C/o Embassy Business Park, C.V Raman Nagar, Bangalore-560093, India

Page 40: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

59

"IRB" approaches which use internal ratings based on banks' own data. For operational risk,

banks and regulators can choose either: (i) the basic indicator approach, based on overall

income; (ii) the standardized approach based on income of business lines; or (iii) the

"advanced measurement approach" (AMA) based on internal models, and using actual loss

data. The minimum requirements for the advanced approaches are technically more

demanding and require extensive databases and more sophisticated risk management

techniques.

The 3 Approaches for implementation of Basel II

The Basel Committee for Banking Supervision (BCBS) has recently published the

final version of the revision to the Capital Accord, better known as Basel II1. The same has

been endorsed by the central banks of all the member countries. Basel II is likely to have a

far-reaching impact on risk and capital management practices of banks globally. Given the

complexity of the Basel II framework and the enterprise-wide nature of its impact,

implementing it is by no means simple for banks. The task calls for a well-planned, well-

structured and centrally coordinated effort. This section outlines a seven-step approach,

which we believe will help banks plan and implement their Basel II compliance program.

This approach is open more creative paths to robust enterprise-wide risk management,

beyond the limited horizon of Basel II compliance.

Page 41: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

60

Phase I: Gap Analysis

Step 1: Basel II Program Initiation

Banks embarking on a Basel II compliance program should set up a steering

committee at the strategic level with top level representatives from various relevant business

units across the bank. This committee should be mandated to provide guidance throughout

the project lifecycle and be held primarily accountable for success or failure of the overall

initiative. Ideally, it is this committee, based on its assessment of the bank‘s preparedness

and the prescription of local regulators that should recommend the implementation approach

to the bank‘s board. The board can then decide on the approach to be adopted and set

timelines for complying with Basel II recommendations.

Simultaneously, the bank needs to take up a few other complementary activities:

Initiation of Basel II awareness and training programs to equip employees

with requisite knowledge and expertise;

Establishment of a regular two-way communication channel with regulators

for local implementation essentials;

Communicating management objectives and Basel II strategies to the

employees involved in the program implementation.

It is also at this stage that the bank looks external specialist help that may become

necessary areas. The very nature of Basel II and size implementation effort will require

banks not only to expertise and resources available internally supplement it with any external

help.

Step 2: Gap Analysis

Once the basic program governance structure is established, a Basel II compliance

program involves evaluation of the bank‘s preparedness vis-à-vis the stated objectives of its

management with respect to risk management and Basel II recommendations. As part of this

evaluation, gaps in the following aspects should be identified: organization, policies,

processes, systems and data.

Among the different aspects of gap analysis, as enlisted before, data gaps may be the

most prevalent and unearthing details may require intensive efforts. A detailed study of

various source systems may be required to exactly determine data adequacy of the bank. For

instance, from the point of view of operational risk, gap analysis should focus on data

availability for loss events and key risk indicators.

Page 42: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

61

For credit risk, under every approach, collateral data assumes prime importance.

Under the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (IRB) approach for credit risk, banks are

required to maintain histories of data used to estimate risk parameters such as Probability of

Default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD), Exposure At Default (EAD), etc.

As part of the gap analysis exercise, banks with global operations should also sort out

the issues relating to local adaptations of Basel II recommendations by regulators in the

respective host countries. At the end of this phase, gaps should be prioritized and approved

by the steering committee and the recommendations presented to the management for

approval.

Phase II: Implementation Roadmap

Step 3: Drawing An Implementation Roadmap

Once the gap analysis is complete and the requisite senior management approvals

are obtained, that the bank would be ready to chart its course of Basel II compliance. This

phase may be viewed as a cluster of various planning initiatives.

Activity Planning: Before drawing up the detailed implementation road map and

deciding on the solutions architecture, various tasks falling under the recommendations of

Basel compliance should ideally be identified, prioritized and planned. Typically, this road

map would address all lacunae identified during gap analyses. The road map should also be

aligned with the overall management goals of the bank, as

Basel II may be regarded as the starting point for evolution of a robust risk

management framework. Accordingly, resources should be identified, trained according to

the tasks assigned, if required, and specific responsibilities were assigned. This phase is

critical because the success of a road map hinges on the coordination and the buy-in that is

established between the various business lines of the bank.

Page 43: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

62

Technology Planning: Simultaneously, it is recommended that the technology

aspects of the program receive equal focus. From a technology standpoint, the solution

should not only address current needs with respect to Basel II, but also be flexible and

extensible enough to accommodate the larger -possibly future-risk management

requirements of the bank. When evaluating possible technology solutions, it is important that

the focus should be on optimizing and leveraging the existing infrastructure at the bank. It is

possible that the existing infrastructure is inadequate to comply with the recommendations of

the Basel committee.

In such a case, available solutions should be evaluated within the framework of the

bank‘s overall business requirements. As part of this exercise, the bank may want to choose

from the following options:

Packaged solutions vs. customized development

In-house vs. outsourced development

Current architecture vs. replacement

Data Management Planning: Although data management planning is closely

related to technology planning, it is being discussed separately because sourcing missing

data could well be one of the biggest challenges banks face in their compliance program.

Some of the key areas where additional data may be required could be: data for loss events,

Key Risk Indicators (KRI), exposure and rating - both current and historical, LGD, EAD and

collateral.

When designing the data model, the dynamic nature of the bank‘s business model

should be taken into account. The ideal data model would be one that helps banks

understand, monitor and manage their risk exposures while, at the same time, being flexible

enough to extend beyond meeting Basel II norms. A comprehensive, metadata-driven

approach for defining and mapping data sources with the target data structures would

provide banks the extensibility they require.

Planning for Process-related Issues: A basic prerequisite for

Basel II Compliance is to conform to certain minimum process requirements as

mandated in the accord. But as processes are intrinsic to an organization, it requires a

Page 44: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

63

cautious and strategic approach towards redesign. A few pertinent issues, which need to be

addressed while planning for process redesign, are:

Close alignment of new systems and processes;

Conformity to long-run organizational objectives;

Extent of external help for redesign

Phase III: Implementation

Implementation of the program consists of various subprojects of different sizes.

Though the projects will be interdependent, they can be implemented with a fair amount of

parallelism and without any obvious chronological dependence.

All these sub-projects can be divided into three broad areas of concentration:

a) Organization, Policies and Processes Redesign

b) Data Management and IT Applications

c) Analytics - Models, Methods and Validation.

These three steps of the program are connected with the focus areas described in the

following paragraphs.

Step 4: Organization, Policies and Processes Redesign

One of the most important tasks for the bank is to ensure Basel II readiness at the

organizational and cultural level. As

Basel II intends to introduce a new level of regulatory expectations and prescriptions;

it may involve readjustment to new processes and procedures. There should be adequate

effort spent on educating and preparing the relevant people for the necessary readjustments.

Moreover, it is of primary importance to build an independent risk management organization

with clearly defined responsibilities, transparent procedures, and direct involvement and

approval of the board. Similarly, risk management policies should be clearly articulated,

completely transparent, and aligned with the regular operations.

The internal processes being followed should be evaluated critically and, if required,

the processes should be redesigned in tune with the proposed risk management practices of

the bank. To facilitate internal controls and enhance corporate governance, suitable

Page 45: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

64

provisions for audit trails should be made available. The internal rating processes that are

finally recommended should have the concurrence of the bank‘s top management.

Step 5: Data Management & IT Applications

As discussed earlier, data management issues may present the most significant

problems when complying with Basel II. Ideally, the bank should implement an integrated

enterprise-wide risk management solution, using a data warehouse, which stores credit,

market and operational risk measures, provides standardized and flexible data extraction

facilities, and supports integration and transformation mechanisms. Ideally, the solution must

also provide comprehensive analytical capabilities and establish an infrastructure that is

flexible and extensible. However, depending on the risk management maturity and the scale

of operations, a bank may opt for a simpler data repository. Even so, this repository needs to

be extensible, auditable and reporting enabled.

When creating the infrastructure for data management, the required data should be

identified and extracted from various systems or physical sources and, subsequently,

interpreted/transformed. The critical challenge may emerge in meeting the historical data

requirement. Further, a facility to estimate important parameters such as Loss Events, KRIs,

PD, EAD and LGD from the data model using external and internal databases should be

established. In order to comply with operational risk aspects, external databases may need to

be linked to the bank‘s Loss Events systems consisting of risk indicators and loss effects.

The most important applications, which are required for Basel II compliance

program, are:

Internal Rating System

Collateral Management System

Reporting Tools

Capital Calculation Engines

Analytical Applications including Data Mining Tools.

However, the relevance and the relative importance of the above mentioned

applications and tools would depend on the selected approach. The importance of leveraging

existing applications and systems is high. Even if the bank already has an Internal rating

System (IRS), it should be reviewed to align the system to IRB recommendations.

Page 46: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

65

In case the bank has not been using an Internal Rating System, an appropriate IRS

would have to be implemented. Given the complexity of capital computation, the bank may

want to use rule engines as the basis for ―capital charge calculators.‖ Further, once the

required data (current and historical) is available, capital adequacy calculations and reporting

capabilities should be built for supervisory oversight and market disclosures. Similarly,

appropriate analytical tools should be chosen to analyze historical data across different

dimensions, and to validate internal risk models.

While setting up the IRS, amongst other things, a high level of statistical capability is

required to estimate PD and test with reference to historical data. A comprehensive process

framework should be put in place to review and oversee the accuracy and consistency of the

output of the IRS. It should be ensured that all processes (such as rating generation and

internal controls) and the methodologies adopted (such as the rating models used) are

exhaustively documented. The performance of the IRS and reporting of deviations, if any,

should also be documented.

Step 6: Analytics - Models, Methods and Validation

The Basel II accord has been drafted with a view of allowing banks to comply with

the regulations even by means of using their internal risk models to estimate risk parameters.

However, for lesser mature banks, the approaches are much simpler and standardized. The

importance of analytics is more immediate for banks, which would implement the IRB

Approach for Credit Risk and/ or Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) for Operational

Risk. However, as most banks would progressively adopt more complex approaches, it

would be prudent, for all the banks complying with Basel II, to focus on analytics right from

the start.

The computation of credit risk-based capital in Basel II is based on the following

fundamental parameters - PD, LGD, EAD and maturity. The IRB approach requires that the

bank compute all these parameters by using appropriate quantitative models and

methodologies. A related quantitative task is to measure the effect of risk mitigating factors

such as collaterals, supports and guarantees on risk weighted assets. So, banks need to invest

sufficiently to develop the requisite estimation models and methodologies.

Banks may also take the help of external vendors to develop or buy the models, but

the supervisor should be satisfied that these external models are sufficient for analyzing the

risk profile of the bank‘s portfolio, and that the models are used consistently in the regular

Page 47: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

66

risk control operations. Similarly, for operational risk, the banks need to model the loss

distribution function to arrive at the aggregate operational risk estimate.

Banks also need to validate these models against real historical experience and

demonstrate the same to the supervisors for compliance. This also calls for systematic data

management and extensive quantitative expertise.

Phase IV: Compliance and Certification

Step 7: Certification, Parallel Run and Go Live

The Basel compliance project enters its final stage and is ready to go live when the

key areas requiring supervisory approval are identified and communicated to the regulator,

along with the details of the bank‘s preparedness. The regulators may carry out an on-site

inspection prior to attesting the compliance of the bank.

After certification, the banks need to undertake parallel run, which implies

simultaneous working of the existing and the new Basel II compliant risk management

framework for the sake of continuity. Once the bank is satisfied and confident about the

working of the new risk management regime, it would adopt the new framework completely

in its daily operations and the older framework would be gradually phased out.

3.3.7 Conclusion

A major compliance initiative such as Basel II compliance requires a centralized,

dedicated project team, and significant investments in infrastructure and human capital.

Because the impact of such an exercise would be felt across the enterprise, it should be

ensured that the initiative is cross-woven across the bank to derive the desired benefit. On an

ongoing basis, new developments in risk management should be reviewed and appropriate

action be taken to meet the expectations of the bank‘s management and the supervisor‘s

directive.The end of such an initiative is not in the achievement of immediate goals (such as

Basel compliance) but in the constant refinement of processes in the light of changing needs.

Page 48: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

67

Section 3.4:

Operational Risk Management

3.4.1 Introduction 68

3.4.2 Background 70

3.4.3 Operational Risk deification 72

3.4.4 Dimensions of operational risk 74

3.4.5 Quantifying Capital For Operational Risk 75

3.4.6 RBI Guidelines 76

3.4.7 Sound Practices of Basel committee 77

3.4.8 Operational Risk Measurement 80

3.4.9 Measurement Methodology 84

3.4.10 Risk Mitigation 86

3.4.11 Factors In Selecting An Approach 96

3.4.12 Operational Risk Management process 97

Page 49: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

68

3.4.1 Introduction

Managing operational risk is becoming an important feature of sound risk

management practices in modern financial markets in the wake of phenomenal increase in

the volume of transactions, high degree of structural changes and complex support

systems. The most important type of operational risk involves breakdowns in internal

controls and corporate governance. Such breakdowns can lead to financial loss through

error, fraud, or failure to perform in a timely manner or cause the interest of the bank to be

compromised.

Generally, operational risk is defined as any risk, which is not categoried as

market or credit risk, or the risk of loss arising from various types of human or technical

error. It is also synonymous with settlement or payments risk and business interruption,

administrative and legal risks. Operational risk has some form of link between credit and

market risks. An operational problem with a business transaction could trigger a credit or

market risk.

In view of growing complexity of banks' business and the dynamic operating

environment, risk management has become very significant, especially in the financial

sector. The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision recognizes that the exact approach for

operational risk management chosen by an individual Bank will depend on a range of factors,

including its size and sophistication and the nature and complexity of its activities. However,

despite these differences, clear strategies or oversight by the board of directors and senior

management, a strong operational risk culture and internal control culture (including, among other

things, clear lines of responsibility and segregation of duties), effective internal reporting, and

contingency planning are all crucial elements of an effective operational risk management

framework for banks of any size and scope. The Committee therefore believes that the

principles outlined in its paper Sound Practices (February 2003) establish sound practices

relevant to all banks. The Basel Committee's previous paper A Framework of internal Control

System in Banking Organization (September 1998) underpins its current work in the field of

operational risk (Shri Sanjay)29

.

Reserve Bank of India has already issued guidelines to all banks for implementing

risk management systems. Risk at the apex level may be visualized as the probability of a

bank's financial health being impaired due to one or more contingent factors. While the

29

Shri Sanjay Sharma is Economic Officer, MASD, Head Office, New Delhi.

Page 50: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

69

parameters indicating the bank's health may vary from net interest margin to market value

of equity, the factors which can cause the impairment are also numerous. For instance,

these could be default in repayment of loans by borrowers, change in value of assets or

disruption of operations due to reasons like technological failure. While the first two

factors may be classified as credit risk and market risk, generally banks have classified all

risks excluding the credit and marker risk as operational risk. However, this is only a

general definition. In fact, the debate on defining operational risk has overshadowed the

discussions on managing such risk. Leaving aside the varying definitions, a common

thread that runs through them can help narrow down the definition of operational risk as

under:

"Operational risk is the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed

internal processes, people, and system from external events".

Traditionally, banks focused on credit risk, as this constituted the main part of

their risk profile. The need for management of market risk was not felt so acutely as the

financial markets were relatively stable in the pre-liberalization era. Further, management

of operational risk was considered as integral part of running the business and therefore,

mitigation of this type of risk was addressed through appropriate design of business

processes. Although such approach for management of operational risk served the purpose

reasonably, it suffered some drawbacks as well. First of all, business processes have to

fulfill various objectives and the most important of them is efficient delivery of product and

services to total satisfaction of customers. Naturally, other objectives including

management of operational risk were given lower priority. Thus, the approach so far

adopted precludes any scientific analysis of operational risk and impact thereof (Jorion

Philippe, 2002 PP 457-463).

However, there is growing recognition that operational risk transcends business

processes and encompasses a wide range from lacunal in corporate governance at apex

level of the bank to human errors at ground level; from internal sources of losses to

external sources of risk such as market failure, war, etc; from minor disruption of

operations to major catastrophe. Similarly, one end of operational risk spectrum has high

frequency of occurrence i.e., low loss events; while at the other end is very rare events of

extraordinarily large losses. Thus, the subject of operational risk is highly complex and

varied. Consequently, it demands a thorough and scientific analysis. Unfortunately, the

complex nature of the subject and paucity of relevant data have hindered such

Page 51: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

70

examination. However, the recent developments in the financial market have refocused

attention on operational risk. While huge losses suffered by reputed institutions under-

scored the importance of operational risk, the issues such as Y2K problem highlighted the

new and growing dimension of operational risk.

Regarding to reviewing of risk analysis literature in banking system, many of the

severest risks currently faced by financial institutions fall under the heading of operational

risk. The category is dauntingly broad, abstract and hard to measure, and can veer to the

outer limits of imagined realities in the financial world or any other. The Bank of

International Settlements Basel II Accord defines it as "the risk of loss resulting from

inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events." Basel

II doesn't mention some of the biggest risks facing banks today— concrete risks under

reputational risk is one such. Some argue that this is not a separate category, but the

byproduct of other risks, such as fraudulent or incompetent behavior. But others say there's

more to it than that. A concern known as franchise reputational risk, for example, stems

from any decision that makes economic sense in the short term, but may damage a

business's franchise longer term. A bank's closing down of unprofitable rural branches, for

instance, could stir up a political furor rancorous enough to damage its reputation.

Legal reputational risk is yet another concern. This is the risk which, aggressive corporate

behavior, seemingly within the letter of the law, will trigger an investigation by the

authorities and be examined in the media. Regardless of whether any penalty or indictment

is ever handed down, the initial media publicity could cause serious damage. With public

mistrust of corporate reporting currently pandemic, any risk to an institution's reputation

for legality and ethics is dangerous. By the same logic, a reputation for corporate

governance that transcends regulatory requirements can actually help an institution's share

price.

3.4.2 Background

Deregulation and globalisation of financial services, together with the growing

sophistication of financial technology, are making the activities of banks and thus their risk

profiles (i.e. the level of risk across a bank's activities and/or risk categories) more complex.

Developing banking practices suggest that risks other than credit, interest rate and market risk

can be substantial. Examples of these new and growing risks faced by bank include:

Page 52: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

71

• If not properly controlled, the greater use of more highly automated technology has the

potential to transform risks from manual processing errors to system failure risks, as greater reliance is

placed on globally integrated systems.

• Growth of e-commerce brings with it potential risks (e.g. internal and external fraud and

system security issues) that are not yet fully understood.

• Large scale acquisitions, mergers, de-mergers and consolidations test the

viability of new or newly integrated systems.

• The.emergence of banks acting as large-volume service providers creates the

need for continual maintenance of high-grade internal controls and back-up systems:

• Banks may engage in risk mitigation techniques (e.g. collateral, credit derivatives,

netting arrangements and asset securitisations) to optimise their exposure to market risk and credit

risk, but which in turn may produce other forms of risk (e.g. legal risk).

• Growing use of outsourcing arrangements and the participation in clearing and

settlement system can mitigate some risks but can also present significant other risks to banks.

The diverse set of risks listed above can be grouped under the heading of 'operational

risk' which the committee has defined as 'the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed

internal processes, people and systems or from external events'. The definition includes legal risk

but excludes strategic and reputational risk.

The committee recognizes that operational risk is a term that has a variety of meaning within

the banking industry, and, therefore, for internal purposes {including in the application of the Sound

Practices paper), banks may choose to adopt their own definitions of operational risk.

Whatever is the exact definition, a clear understanding by banks of what is meant by operational

risk is critical to the effective management and control of this risk category. It is also important that

the definition considers the full range of material operational risks facing the bank and captures the

most significant causes of severe operational losses. Operational risk event types that the committee

has identified as having the potential to result in substantial losses include:

• Internal fraud, e.g. intentional misreporting of positions, employee theft, and

insider trading on an employee's own account.

• External fraud, e.g. robbery, forgery, cheque kiting, and damage from computer hacking.

• Employment practices and workplace safety, e.g. workers compensation claims,

violation of employee health and safety rules, organised labour activities, discrimination claims,

and* general liability.

Page 53: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

72

• Clients, products and business practices, e.g. fiduciary breaches, misuse of

confidential customer information, improper trading activities on the bank's account, money

laundering, and sale of unauthorised products.

• Damage to physical assets.e.g. terrorism, vandalism, earthquakes, fires and

floods.

• Business disruption and system failure, e.g. hardware and software failures,

telecommunication problems, and utility outages.

• Execution, delivery and process management, e.g. data entry errors, collateral

management failure, incomplete legal documentation, unapproved access given to client

accounts, non-client counterparty mis performance, and vendor dispute.

The committee recognises that management of specific operational risks is not a

new practice. It has always been important for banks to try to prevent fraud, maintain

the integrity of internal controls, reduce errors in transaction processing, and so on. However, what

is relatively new is the view of operational risk management as a comprehensive practice comparable

to the management of credit and market risk in principle, if not always in form. These trends

combined with a growing number of high-profile operational loss events worldwide, have led banks

and supervisors to increasingly view operational risk management as an inclusive discipline.

In the past, banks relied almost exclusively upon internal control mechanisms within

business lines, supplemented by the audit function, to manage operational risk. While these remain

important, recently there has been an emergence of specific structures and processes aimed at

managing operational risk. In this regard, an increasing number of organisations have concluded

that an operational risk management programme provides for bank's safety and soundness, and are

therefore making progress in addressing operational risk as a distant class of risk similar to their

treatment of credit and market risk. For managing exposures relate7d to operational risk, the committee

has attempted to develop some Sound Practices.

3.4.3 Operational Risk deification

A universal definition of operational risk has not yet been established. Risks other than

credit and market risk, include operational risk, legal risk, reputational risk and so forth. As the

definition of operational risk is yet to be finalized, the following is commonly accepted "The

possibility of incurring loss directly or indirectly due to inappropriate internal procedure or

external factors. It also can be define as ―operational risk is categorized into two types, i.e.

Page 54: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

73

processing risk such as operational error, property loss, fraud, and systems risk such as system's

error, software bug and data deficiency‖30

. Needless to say, it is essential to start conceptualising

on operational risk based on its clear definition because an ambiguous definition of this type may

lead to confusion.

Banks should identify and assess the operational risk inherent in all material

products, activities, processes, and systems. Banks should also ensure that, before new

products, activities, processes, and systems are introduced or undertaken, the operational

risk inherent in them is identified. Risk identification is paramount for the subsequent

development of a viable operational risk monitoring and control system. Effective risk

identification considers both internal factors (such as the bank‘s structure, the nature of

the bank‘s activities, the quality of the bank‘s human resources, organizational changes,

and employee turnover) and external factors (such as changes in the industry and

technological advances) that could adversely affect the achievement of the bank‘s

objectives. In addition to identifying the most potentially adverse risks, banks should

assess their vulnerability to these risks. Effective risk assessment allows the bank to better

understand its risk profile and most effectively target risk management resources.

Amongst the possible tools used by banks for identifying and assessing

operational risk are:

Self Assessment of Operational Risk :

a bank assesses its operations and activities against a menu of potential

operational risk vulnerabilities. This process is internally driven (often incorporates

checklists and/or workshops) to identify the strengths and weaknesses of the operational

risk environment. Scorecards, for example, provide a means of translating qualitative

assessments into quantitative metrics that give a relative ranking of different types of

operational risk exposures. Some scores may relate to risks unique to a specific business

line while others may rank risks that cut across business lines. Scores may address

inherent risks, as well as the controls to mitigate them. In addition, scorecards may be

used by banks to allocate economic capital to business lines in relation to performance in

managing and controlling various aspects of operational risk.

Risk mapping: in this process,banks and various business units,

organizational functions or process flows are mapped by risk type. This exercise can

reveal areas of weakness and help prioritize subsequent management action.

30

Accordingly at Sumitomo Mitshi Banking Corporation (SMBC)

Page 55: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

74

Risk Indicators: risk indicators are statistics and/or metrics, often

financial, which can provide insight into a bank‘s risk position. These indicators tend to

be reviewed on a periodic basis (such as monthly or quarterly) to alert banks to changes

that may be indicative of risk concerns. Such indicators may include the number of failed

trades, staff turnover rates and the frequency and/or severity of errors and omissions.

Measurement: some banks have begun to quantify their exposure to

operational risk using a variety of approaches. For example, data on a bank‘s historical

loss experience could provide meaningful information for assessing the bank‘s exposure

to operational risk and developing a policy to mitigate/control the risk. An effective way

of making good use of this information is to establish a framework for systematically

tracking and recording the frequency, severity and other relevant information on

individual loss events.

3.4.4 Dimensions of operational risk

Operational risk also transcends the boundaries - the level of management i.e. top,

middle or line; machine, man or system; and organizational or external. In fact, all these

may be possible sources of operational risks. Broadly, dimensions of operational risk may

be termed as under: -

1. Relationship Risk: This includes losses caused due to relationships with others

such as clients, regulators, suppliers etc. The losses may be generated through unexpected

change in stance by the counterparty, penalties or other payments caused by specific

contracts etc.

2. Human Risk: The losses caused by intentional or unintentional behaviour of

employees, employment dispute, dispute relating to intellectual property etc.

3. Technology Risk: The losses due to technological factors such as technical

disruption, down time, theft or piracy, hacking, disruption or distortion in data/ information

of transaction or leakage of information etc.

4. Physical Risk: Losses due to damage of property or other assets for which

bank is responsible

5. Other External Risks: The losses caused by actions of external parties such

as fraud perpetrated on the bank or other such changes in the external operating

environment may be classified under this head.

Page 56: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

75

Operational risk is not a sum total of the risk generated through these dimensions.

It is the probable loss caused by all the above factors and taken together. While, some

factors may accentuate the risk, others may counteract to reduce the net risk. Therefore,

Operational Risk management addresses the issue of measuring the composite probable

loss due to the operational factors.

3.4.5 Quantifying Capital For Operational Risk31

More and more banks are allocating capital to operational risk based on its measurement in

order to build an incentive for establishing sound control of operational risk. Not a few American

and European Banks allocate a uniform 10 - 20 % of their capital to operational risk. On the other

hand, Japanese Banks tend to think that operational risk is not significant because they have

already spent huge amount of money in operational management. Modeling the measurement of

operational risk would be useful to see whether this attitude is justified.

The quantification of operational risk has advanced to a statistically based model created

from both hard data and qualitative factors. The evolution of operational risk capital models was

set in motion by the process used to measure risk-adjusted returns on capital. Banks find value in

strategic planning, risk analysis, pricing, and performance measurements. Given the variations

among business lines, accurate performance comparisons require adding the operational risk

dimension to market and credit risks. Here, capital methodologies provide the means to profile

operational risk across the bank on an expected and unexpected loss basis.

The quantification of operational risk is characteristically different from market and

credit risk, although they all share the perspective of expected and unexpected loss. More than

ever, when we say 'the risk is high' we must specify whether the risk is from expected or

unexpected losses. While a downgrade from an A to a BBB rating would imply a higher expected

loss and unexpected loss for credit risk, we cannot assume so with operational risk that a risk with

higher expected loss also has higher unexpected losses. The focus here again is on capital or

unexpected loss related to operational risk.

Some common objectives and considerations in any operational risk management

methodology include:

• A stated level of confidence (e.g.99.9%), so that figures can be consistent with

market and credit risk methodologies.

31

PNB Monthly Review * April 2005

Page 57: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

76

• A stated time horizon (e.g. one year) indicating the period for which capital is

intended to cover the volatility of losses.

• Reflection of inherent risk, so that higher capital can be assigned to businesses

historically proven to be riskier.

• Sensitivity to change, so that we can create behavioural incentives and capital can

respond quickly up or down to the changes in the risk profile.

• A forward-looking approach, so that current and anticipated

risks (e.g. system changes, mergers, and new products) are reflected in the risk profile.

• A comprehensive outlook covering all business areas,

whether they have a history of operational risk experience or not.

• Transparency, so that all related managers can understand all assumptions as well as

methodology.

• Objectivity, to minimize potential influence on the results by subjective judgment.

3.4.6 RBI Guidelines

RBI, in its guidelines on risk management in banks has highlighted the issues

relating to operational risk along with other risk faced by banks. However, operational risk

is defined in a very broad sense, the focus has remained on settlement or payment risk,

business interruption, administrative and legal risks. Major areas covered under the

guidelines are:

Measurement - Measurement of operational risk requires estimation

of probability of a loss event and potential size of toss. Some of the factors which could

be used for measuring operational risk in each business unit are audit rating, operational

data such as volume, turnover and complexity of operations, data on quality of operations

such as error rate. The association of identified factors with revenue volatility could be

established through examination of historical experience. Measurement of operational risk

should be on bank wide basis, which should be reviewed on regular basis. As banks do not

have any scientific methods for evaluation of operational rsk, a beginning should be made

by evolving simple benchmarks.

Risk Monitoring - Risk monitoring should focus on the relationship

betv/een the factors considered important for operational rsk, occurrences of the loss

events and causes of loss.

Page 58: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

77

Control - Besides internal control and audit which are used as

principal means for addressing operational risk, banks should endeavor to set operational

risk limits. Developing contingent facilities, insurance and risk education should also be

adopted for mitigating operational risk.

Policies & procedures - Well defined policies for operational risk

should be formulated which should facilitate aggregation of operational risk at bank level.

Further, the issues relating to internal control, review process etc. should also be

addressed.

Internal Control - Internal control has proved to be most effective

tool for mitigation of operational risk so far. Therefore, stress on adequacy and

effectiveness of internal control mechanism should be ensured.

Self-assessment of internal control environment is an ideal method for

identification of problem spots. This method can be used along with internal/external

audit rating.

Audit committee : Greater and more effective role for audit

committee is also suggested.

3.4.7 Sound Practices of Basel committee

In developing these sound practices, the committee has drawn upon its existing work on the

management of other significant banking risks, such as credit risk, interest rate risk and liquidity risk,

and committee believes that similar rigour should be applied to the management of operational risk.

Nevertheless, it is clear that operational risk differs from other banking risk in that it is typically not

directly taken in return for an expected reward, but exists in the natural course of corporate activity,

and that affects the risk management process. At the same time, failure to properly manage

operational risk can result in a misstatement of an institution's risk profile and expose the institution

to significant losses. Reflecting the different nature of operational risk, 'management' of operational

risk is taken to mean the 'identification, assessment, monitoring and control/ mitigation' of risk. This

definition contrasts with the one used by the committee in previous risk management papers of the

'identification, measurement, monitoring and control' of risk. The committee has structured this

sound practice paper around a number of principles:

3.4.7.1 Basel Acceptance Criteria32

32

PNB Monthly Review * April 2005

Page 59: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

78

The Committee has outlined 10 qualitative principles relating to the operational risk

framework that institutions must follow to be eligible to use the more advanced models.These

principles are summarised below:

1. The board of directors should be aware of the major aspects of operational risk,

approve the operational risk strategy and basic structure for managing operational risk, and

ensure that senior management is carrying out its risk management responsibilities.

2. Senior management is responsible for implementing the operational risk

management strategy throughout the organisation and for developing the relevant policies

and systems.

3. Reporting should enable management to monitor the effectiveness of the risk

management system and permit the board to oversee management performance.

4. Banks should identify the operational risk in all products, activities, processes, and

system for both existing operations and new products.

5. Banks should establish the process necessary for measuring operational risk.

6. Banks should implement a system to monitor operational risk exposures and loss

events by major business lines.

7. Banks should have policies, processes, and procedures to control or mitigate

operational risk. They should assess the costs and benefits of alternative strategies and adjust

their exposures appropriately.

8. Bank supervisors should require banks to have as effective operational risk

management strategy as part of an overall approach to risk management.

9. Supervisors should conduct regular independent evaluations of bank's related

operational risk management strategies.

10. Banks should make sufficient public disclosure to allow market participants to assess

their operational risk exposure and the quality of their operational risk management.

3.4.7.2 The Basel Committee Recommendations

The Basel committee has recommended three alternative approaches to

quantification of an operational risk capital charge. These three alternatives, ranging from

the simple to very sophisticated, are intended to offer banks of all sizes and complexities a choice

of what is right for each.

Page 60: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

79

Stage I -The basic indicator approach.

This is the simplest alternative, with operational risk capital being a factor (alpha) times

gross revenue.

Stage- II-The standardized approach.

This is similar to the basic indicator approach, but with different factors for each business

line. Capital equals the sum of the factors (beta) times the gross revenue of each business line.

Stage- III- Advanced measurement approaches

These approaches are intended to be the most risk sensitive and to relate to the

experience of each institution. The Committee has identified three example approaches, but has

left open the option for additional development by the banking institutions.

1. The Internal Measurement approach calls for a standard industry factor (gamma) at

the business line and risk level to be multiplied by an institution's expected loss amounts related

to operational risk.

2. The Loss Distribution Approach (LDA) follows an actuarial methodology where

distributions are constructed based on historical internal and external loss data.

3. Scorecard approaches use a firm-wide capital charge and modify / allocate this amount

over time, based on risk indicators or other qualitative criteria.

The Basic Indicator approach would likely be the choice of smaller institutions and

those institutions without an operational risk framework. The Standardized approach tries to be

more risk sensitive by having different factors for each business line and may appeal to institutions

whose business mix is different from and is less risky than the industry norm. The largest

institutions should likely use the Advanced Measurement approaches to justify a lower capital

charge based on their operational risk practices and their own loss experience.

The Basel Committee also has defined criteria related to quantification for

institutions to qualify for using any of the Advanced Modeling approaches. Ultimately, each local

regulator will have to approve each model. The relevant quantitative criteria are:

• Floor level of capital. The actual capital charge will not be less than 75% of that

calculated by the Standardized approach.

• Capture infrequent but severe events. The methodology must consider rare

events that might not be reflected in the internal loss history of any one institution.

• Five years of loss data. Sufficient history should be there to have reasonable

confidence of a complete loss distribution. Three years of data may be considered for a

transition period.

Page 61: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

80

• Disciplined override process. If for any reason any of the historical data points

are deleted from the dataset, there should be a sound reason.

• Extensive stress and scenario testing. This should test the sensitivity to the

underlying assumptions and parameters and ensure the adequacy of the overall model results.

• Disciplined incorporation of external data. Data from other firms are necessary to

understand the full extent of the tails of the distributions.

• Internal and external data should be combined only in statistically valid

manners. Scaling criteria should be defined.

• 99.9% level of confidence and one-year holding period. This implies a

statistical framework where the level of confidence and holding period are direct inputs into the

approach.

• Correlations may be taken into account. Systems for measuring correlations

have to be sound and must demonstrate integrity.

• Benefits of insurance may be considered. The

methodology used to quantify the benefits of insurance must be well documented and

subject to review.

• Qualitative adjustments are permitted. The institution would need standards to

address the structure, comprehensiveness and rig our of the adjustments.

3.4.8 Operational Risk Measurement

For management of risk at corporate level, various risks like credit risk, market risk

or operational risk, have to be converted into one composite measure. Therefore, it is

necessary that measurement of operational risk should be in tandem with other

measurements of credit and market risk so that the requisite composite estimate can be

worked out.

There are two approaches to measurement of risk33

. One is the " top-down approach" in

which the total amount or charge of expenses etc. derived from financial data in the balance

sheet and profit and loss statement are converted to risk amount. Although this approach enables

33

PNB Monthly Review * April 2005

Page 62: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

81

easy capturing of overall risk, it does not lead to an appropriate capturing of risk according to

circumstances because it usually applies one uniform set of multification factors regardless of

differences in accounting, systems and procedures, expectation from customers for services and so

forth.

The other approach separates risk factors and builds them up. This is called the "bottom-

up approach" because it analyses risk for each business line (transaction box). This approach

enables the analysis of risk factors and serves as an effective incentive for reduction of

operational cost and mitigation of operational risk including the rev iew of operational work flows,

though it requires complicated analysis of risk by business line. In order to make the risk

management process effective, management of operational risk should be performed to the same

standard as for market risk and credit risk. As regards to the capital charge on operational risk, it

will conform to the objective of risk management i.e. precise capturing of risk, and will lead to

enhancement of risk management capabilities of banks to statistically measure the risk in the

"bottom-up approach" based on historical data on frequency of loss occurrence, size of loss and

so forth. Incidently SMBC has adopted the method for risk management based on "bottom-up

approach" to contribute to the enhancement of risk management capabilities.

An efficient risk management system is contingent upon development of suitable

system for collection of data, its analysis and presentation. This itself is a daunting task in

operational risk measurement. Broadly, we can divide the operational risk in two parts.

First - events, which cause comparatively small losses. Usually such events occur at

greater frequency, e.g. errors, outages etc.; Second - events which cause huge loss and may

even threaten the existence of the company are rare. Though appropriate database could

have been developed for the first kind of operational risk events, so far no scientific

methods of data collection, analysis and interpretation have been developed. These events

have been dealt with Yule of thumb1 methods evolved by the institutions over a period.

For instance, occurrences of frauds are dealt with on such basis. While historical data can

be available of frauds, the experiences gained are used to prevent occurrence of similar

frauds again. This is done through ensuring compliance to existing systems and

procedures or bringing about suitable modifications thereon.

The issue of data availability and measurement is much more complex in case of

rare events associated with large losses. First of all the data is not available either because

the events occur rarely or might not have occurred at all in the history of the institution; or

such events may not have been properly documented. The failure of Barings Bank and

Long Term Capital Management (LTCM), a reputed hedge fund in USA fall in this

Page 63: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

82

category. Even in institutions where attempts have been made to put operational risk

measurement on sound footing, access to external data has remained rather limited,

forcing the institution to depend on data from internal sources which is not only inadequate

but may also have subjective elements.

Another difficulty in measurement of operational risk relates to proper analysis of

the available information. The post facto analysis of the loss events focuses on the factors,

which work prior to or at the time of the event. Effective risk measurement system

demands a statistical examination of cause and effect relationship, which may reoccur in

future, and also the relationship between the loss and the control variable. In fact most of

the control variables are understood to have a strong correlation with loss events purely on

a priori reasoning without attempting statistical proof of such relationship.

As risk has to be managed at enterprise wide level where the composite measure

of risk shall encompass all possible risks, it is necessary to align the measure of

operational risk with the measures of other risks viz. credit risk and market risk.

Credit/market risks can be measured using a number of measures such as value at risk

(VaR), earning volatility, default and loss probabilities etc. For instance, impact of

changes in asset prices on the value of the bank's trading portfolio can be easily

calculated; in the case of credit risk, the changes in borrower's credit quality and the

impact of interest rate changes can be captured to assess the potential loss. These measures

which require good understanding of the frequency distribution of loss events, are not

suitable for operational risk, while requires estimating the probability of occurrence of a

loss event and the potential size of loss. Therefore, measurement of operational risk has to

be developed using other methods and loss expectancy therefore will have to be worked

out. This still leaves out the difficulty of alignment of operational risk measures with

other risk measures. For the purpose, as suggested by RBI and also by Bank for

International Settlements (BIS), risk management for all categories of risks should be

developed to encompass Risk Adjusted Return on Capital (RAROC) and capital

allocation should be done accordingly. In the Indian context, this demands substantial

progress in risk management systems including that for credit and market risk by banks.

Because operational risk is a broad and diverse category, measuring operational

risk is a difficult and daunting task. While awareness of operational risk is increasing,

many of banks have yet to fully develop an operational risk management strategy, which

is a natural part of operational risk measurement. In addition, two sources of fluctuations

are accountable for faulty operational risk measurement. Referring to the risk map

Page 64: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

83

developed during the risk profiling process as we said before, two specific risk families

are usually improperly measured. High frequency, low impact losses are often ignored

and low frequency, high impact losses occur so seldom that an adequate sample is hard to

gather.

A measurement framework is the foundation for operational risk measurement. It

provides a systematic approach to operational risk management and measurement. An

effective framework should identify important operational risks to the banks and manage

them according to the firm's chosen risk strategy. It divides operational risks into two

categories: controllable and uncontrollable. Those that can be controlled can then be

managed, and those that are uncontrollable are mitigated to reduce their effects.

Measurement Frameworks

There are several types of operational risk measurement frameworks. The most

popular frameworks are:

Control self-assessment: The categories within this framework correspond to the

departments within the banks. Each department completes a questionnaire, which is

scored to determine high-risk areas of the banks. This framework efficiently identifies the

bank's important operational risks, but sometimes accomplishes little else.

Process analysis: is a second type of framework and is most useful for re-

engineering process tasks and controls. It maps out procedures within the banks and

identifies key control points and related risks. However, process analysis is limited in its

scope and only accounts for operational risks related to the procedures analyzed.

Loss categorization: a third example of an operational risk measurement

framework, analyzes the past losses incurred by the banks. They are entered into a

database and separated into categories based on source, such as people or technology. A

loss, which falls into overlapping categories, is possible within this framework and can

result in "double counting", limiting the accuracy of this method.

Performance analysis: is a measurement framework that uses the performance

measures of banks to develop related risk measures. The link between the business

activities and the earnings of a bank is used as a basis for the link between the business

activities and the risk of earnings. Like the other frameworks, though, there are limitations

Page 65: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

84

to performance analysis. Its focus on gains hinders its ability to identify all operational

risks to which a bank is exposed.

3.4.9 Measurement Methodology

In view of paucity of data on operational risk, methods for risk measurement have

to be evolved on case-to-case basis. Some of the possible approaches are discussed

hereunder:

Causal factor analysis - Under this method, operational risk profile is built

through analysis of risk factors and risk indicators. A number of indicators such as error

rate, unrecognized entries, outages, loss experiences etc. may be used for the purpose.

Actual number of factors used will depend on the judgment of the concerned managers. If

the indicators show a trend, the same can be used to estimate the likely loss occurrences

for future. Although, this method will show only a partial picture, its flexibility enables

such approach to be used in wide-ranging situations. Further, in initial stages when the

database is inadequate, such approach will prove valuable. The biggest drawback of such

approach is that it focuses on causes without establishing a proven cause-effect

relationship.

Scenario Analysis - This approach is appropriate if a few select numbers of risk

factors have been identified. Various scenarios may be visualized with individual loss

events and also mote than one-loss events occurring in conjunction. In each scenario, the

expected amount of loss and the likelihood of such events will also be worked out. The

scenario can be presented in the form of matrix or a risk profile map.

While the factor analysis can be employed for loss events with higher frequency

and low loss amount, scenario analysis can be employed for remaining key factors with low

frequency and high loss amount. Application of scenario analysis to a large number of risk

factors shall increase the complexity significantly and therefore, the two methods should

be used in combination.

Scenario analysis enables articulation of different point of views on risk profile

and therefore, enriches the analysis. Therefore, it facilitates stress analysis, which is

crucial for operational risk management. However the conclusions drawn from such

analysis will be more qualitative in nature rather than quantitative. Though probabilities

may be assigned to each loss event, such probabilities will also be subjective in nature and

Page 66: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

85

therefore the apparent precision given by numbers may mislead.

Actuarial Models - These are essentially statistical models more common among

insurers. Since, these models provide estimates of likely losses, primarily based on past

loss experience, their data requirements are enormous. Therefore, suitability of these

models is restricted to high frequency loss events and large institutions where the sample

size of individual loss event is large. Nevertheless, the method is very scientific and reliable

as compared to other methods. Even if the method cannot be employed in-house, it can be

out-sourced provided the out-sourcing agency has access to reliable database. Purchase of

insurance is one such example.

As evident from the above discussion, there is no single model or approach for

operational risk measurement, which is inherently complex and dynamic. A suitable

combination of approaches, methods, models have to be applied and the actual design of

the risk management system will depend on the specific requirements.

Method For Capturing Risk34

To use the actual loss rate may not be sufficient as a method for measuring the potential

risk because it could refer only to accidental events. In this method, "risk amount" is defined as "

risk rate " X" possible transaction amount". The expected loss amount and the maximum loss

amount are measured after determining the distribution of the "risk amount" by moving the

"risk rate" and the "possible transaction amount" in the measurement model. As for the maximum

loss amount, the confidence level is 99% as in the case with credit risk and market risk, and the

risk horizon (holding period) is 5 years for both processing risk and system risk. This is based on

the assumption that it will take that long to revise operational work flows or depreciate system

investment. The maximum loss is compared with the required capital because the expected loss

is not much greater than the maximum loss according to a trial calculation. Another reason is

that the loss reserve amount is not set as the expected loss.

Thus the measurement of the "risk amount"focuses on the frequency (= "risk rate") and

the impact (+"possible transaction amount"). The risk rate can be called "Expected Accident

Frequency" and is therefore equivalent to the Expected Default Frequency (= EOF), i.e. default

rate in the context of credit risk. This can be estimated by using the actual loss data in the past.

The "possible transaction amount" can be estimated through random selection from the

distribution of the actual transaction amounts (Monte-Carlo simulation). It should be noted

that there are two types of accident, i.e. (i) accident of principal and (II) accident of matters

34

PNB Monthly Review * April 2005

Page 67: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

86

related to principal. While the rate of actual loss is 100% of the principal in the case of (i). That

for case (ii), it should be measured according to the characteristics of the operation box

concerned. These calculations can be performed by analogy with the measurement of credit risk

which has already been well established.

3.4.10 Risk Mitigation

Risk mitigation is key to operational risk management. While unbundling, transfer

and transformation of risk constitute major part of financial risk management, risk needs

to be mitigated in case of operational risk. Mitigation comprises specific controls or

programmes (like IT security, compliance reviews etc) aimed at reducing exposure,

frequency and severity of an event. In fact acceptable level of risk may be near zero in

certain types of operational risks and therefore effective mitigation mechanism is crucial.

Similarly, principles of risk- return trade off or cost-benefit trades off, which are widely

applicable in financial risk management may not be acceptable in case of operational risk.

Risk mitigation is dovetailed to risk measurement. Once the risk is identified and

system is placed for its measurement, steps for risk mitigation are also taken

simultaneously. In fact some of the components for risk measurement system also form

part of risk mitigation system, e.g. MIS for risk management.

MIS

MIS for operational risk should facilitate timely monitoring. Its focus should

not be restricted only to the events, which in itself may be only a symptom of a larger

problem. MIS should facilitate identification of the causal factors for the risk events.

Similarly, it should focus on the control factors for operational risk and should facilitate

monitoring of the relationship between causal factors and risk event and also between the

control factors and the risk events. Similarly, the MIS should enable efficient incentive

and accountability system for operational risk. Eventually, an efficient risk management

system will require development of dependable database. Even in initial stages,

comparison and trend analysis is required in case of high frequency - low amount loss

events. Design of MIS should address this need of database development and management

and facilitate establishing linkage between the operational risk and its impact on important

elements in the balance sheets such as provision, capital, risk adjusted return on capital,

etc.

Page 68: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

87

Internal control

A survey of risk management practices in banks across the world has revealed that

internal control, which has always been the primary measure for risk mitigation continues

to be relied upon heavily. The importance of this mechanism in India has further been

underlined by the RBI guidelines on operational risk management where special emphasis

has been given to internal control. Internal controls include the entire gamut of activities

such as segregation of duties, clear management reporting lines and adequate operational

procedures. Several events of loss observed internationally during last few years

(provided in annex) have also focused the attention on the importance of internal control.

Among others, reference may be made to the losses incurred by Baring Bank due to

disruption in internal control and the fraud in BCCI. These loss events have proved

catastrophic for these institutions. Bankers across the world including those in India have

realized the importance of effective internal control systems and the likelihood of losses in

case of breach of internal control procedures.

A comparatively recent development in internal control system is self-assessment.

In this system, the business unit is made responsible for self-evaluation of the operational

risk and adherence to the internal control procedures. Such self-evaluation is combined

with regular external audit function. For evaluating operational risk, the results of the self-

assessment are considered along with the external audit and official supervision. The

system of self-assessment fosters greater awareness regarding the operational risk

environment of the bank and acts as a timely and early warning system.

Although the internal controls system has always been the most important for

mitigation of operational risk, the primary responsibility for it‘s functioning has remained

with line management. Further, it is also noted that there is no systematic integration of

internal control systems and risk management system. Recent thinking, as evident in BIS

guidelines and various other publications points towards the need for integration of

internal control mechanism with a scientific risk management system and devolution of

responsibility for risk management on all levels of the management.

At the apex level, Board of directors should bear the ultimate responsibility for

risk management in a bank. Some of the important functions of risk management to be

undertaken at this level are: -

Integration of operational risk with other risks in order to arrive at a

composite risk exposure for the bank

Page 69: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

88

Decision regarding the acceptable risk limit and monitoring the actual

level of risk compared to the acceptable level.

Prescribing risk limits for various risk categories including operational

risk.

Determining the acceptable risk level for various components of

operational risk

Delineation of procedures and policies, reporting relationships etc. for

smooth conduct of risk management.

At the second tier of risk management system, senior management of the hanks

has the responsibility for shaping the actual design of risk management system,

monitoring adherence to the policies and procedures, taking note of exceptions and

initiating measures for maintaining the risk profile of the organization within acceptable

limits.

The bulk of the responsibility of implementing the risk control measures and

particularly those relating to internal controls remains with line management.

3.4.10 A general Keys to Effective Operational Risk Management and

Mitigation

3.4.10.1 Role of the Board of Directors

The board or a designated committee is responsible for monitoring and oversight

of a bank‘s risk management functions, and should approve and periodically review the

operational risk management framework prepared by the bank‘s management. The

framework should provide a firm-wide definition of operational risk and establish the

principles of how operational risk is to be identified, assessed, monitored, and

controlled/mitigated.

The board of directors should approve the implementation of a firm-wide

framework to explicitly manage operational risk as a distinct risk to the bank‘s safety and

soundness. The board should provide senior management with clear guidance and

direction regarding the principles underlying the framework, be responsible for reviewing

and approving a management structure capable of implementing the bank‘s operational

Page 70: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

89

risk management framework, and should approve the corresponding policies developed by

senior management.

3.4.10.2 Internal Audit

The board (either directly or indirectly through its audit committee) should ensure

that the scope and frequency of the internal audit program focused on operational risk is

appropriately risk focused. Audits should periodically validate that the firm‘s operational

risk management framework is being implemented effectively across the firm. The board,

or the audit committee, should ensure that the internal audit program is able to carry out

these functions independently, free of management directive. To the extent that the audit

function is involved in oversight of the operational risk management framework, the

board should ensure that the independence of the audit function is maintained. This

independence may be compromised if the audit function is directly involved in the

operational risk management process. The audit function may provide valuable input to

those responsible for operational risk management, but should not itself have direct

operational risk management responsibilities. Some banks may involve the internal audit

function in developing an operational risk management program as internal audit

functions generally have broad risk management skills and knowledge of the bank‘s

systems and operations. Where this is the case, banks should see that responsibility for

day-to-day operational risk management is transferred elsewhere in a timely manner.

3.4.10.3 Role of Senior Management

Senior management must ensure that the board-approved operational risk

framework is implemented at all levels of the organization and that all levels of staff

understand their responsibilities with respect to operational risk management. Senior

management should also have responsibility for developing policies, processes, and

procedures for managing operational risk in all of the bank‘s material products, activities,

processes, and systems. Management should translate the operational risk management

framework approved by the board of directors into specific policies, processes, and

procedures that can be implemented and verified within the different business units. While

each level of management is responsible for the appropriateness and effectiveness of

policies, processes, procedures, and controls within its purview, senior management

should clearly assign authority, responsibility, and reporting relationships to encourage

and maintain this accountability, and ensure that the necessary resources are available to

manage operational risk effectively. Moreover, senior management should assess the

Page 71: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

90

appropriateness of the management oversight process in light of the risks inherent in a

business unit‘s policy.

Senior management should ensure that bank activities are conducted by qualified

staff with necessary experience, independence, technical capabilities and access to

resources to carry out their duties. Management should ensure that the bank‘s operational

risk management policy has been clearly communicated to staff at all levels in units that

incur material operational risks. Senior management should ensure that the operational

risk management framework is integrated with efforts to manage credit, market, and other

risks. Failure to do so could result in significant gaps or overlaps in a bank‘s overall risk

management program. Particular attention should be given to the quality of

documentation controls and to transaction handling practices. Policies, processes, and

procedures related to advanced technologies supporting high transactions volumes, in

particular, should be well documented and disseminated to all relevant personnel.

4.3.4.10.4 Operational Risk Identification

Banks should identify and assess the operational risk inherent in all material

products, activities, processes, and systems. Banks should also ensure that, before new

products, activities, processes, and systems are introduced or undertaken, the operational

risk inherent in them is identified. Risk identification is paramount for the subsequent

development of a viable operational risk monitoring and control system. Effective risk

identification considers both internal factors (such as the bank‘s structure, the nature of

the bank‘s activities, the quality of the bank‘s human resources, organizational changes,

and employee turnover) and external factors (such as changes in the industry and

technological advances) that could adversely affect the achievement of the bank‘s

objectives. In addition to identifying the most potentially adverse risks, banks should

assess their vulnerability to these risks. Effective risk assessment allows the bank to better

understand its risk profile and most effectively target risk management resources.

Amongst the possible tools used by banks for identifying and assessing

operational risk are:

Self or Risk Assessment: a bank assesses its operations and activities against a

menu of potential operational risk vulnerabilities. This process is internally driven (often

incorporates checklists and/or workshops) to identify the strengths and weaknesses of the

operational risk environment. Scorecards, for example, provide a means of translating

qualitative assessments into quantitative metrics that give a relative ranking of different

Page 72: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

91

types of operational risk exposures. Some scores may relate to risks unique to a specific

business line while others may rank risks that cut across business lines. Scores may

address inherent risks, as well as the controls to mitigate them. In addition, scorecards

may be used by banks to allocate economic capital to business lines in relation to

performance in managing and controlling various aspects of operational risk.

Risk mapping: in this process, various business units, organizational functions

or process flows are mapped by risk type. This exercise can reveal areas of weakness and

help prioritize subsequent management action.

Risk Indicators: risk indicators are statistics and/or metrics, often financial,

which can provide insight into a bank‘s risk position. These indicators tend to be reviewed

on a periodic basis (such as monthly or quarterly) to alert banks to changes that may be

indicative of risk concerns. Such indicators may include the number of failed trades, staff

turnover rates and the frequency and/or severity of errors and omissions.

Measurement: some firms have begun to quantify their exposure to operational

risk using a variety of approaches. For example, data on a bank‘s historical loss

experience could provide meaningful information for assessing the bank‘s exposure to

operational risk and developing a policy to mitigate/control the risk. An effective way of

making good use of this information is to establish a framework for systematically

tracking and recording the frequency, severity and other relevant information on

individual loss events.

3.4.10.5 Risk Monitoring

Banks should implement a process to regularly monitor operational risk profiles

and material exposures to losses. There should be regular reporting of pertinent

information to senior management and the board of directors that supports the proactive

management of operational risk. An effective monitoring process is essential for

adequately managing operational risk. Regular monitoring activities can offer the

advantage of quickly detecting and correcting deficiencies in the policies, processes, and

procedures for managing operational risk.

Promptly detecting and addressing these deficiencies can substantially reduce the

potential frequency and/or severity of a loss event. In addition to monitoring operational

loss events, banks should identify appropriate indicators that may provide early warning

of an increased risk of future losses. Such indicators (often referred to as key risk

indicators or early warning indicators) should be forward-looking and could reflect

potential sources of operational risk such as rapid growth, the introduction of new

Page 73: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

92

products, employee turnover, transaction breaks, and system downtime, among others.

When thresholds are directly linked to these indicators an effective monitoring process

can help identify key material risks in a transparent manner and enable the bank to act

upon these risks appropriately.

The frequency of monitoring should reflect the risks involved and the frequency

and nature of changes in the operating environment. Monitoring should be an integrated

part of a bank‘s activities. The results of these monitoring activities should be included in

regular management reports, as should compliance reviews performed by the internal

audit and/or risk management functions. Reports generated by (and/or for) supervisory

authorities may also be useful in this monitoring and should likewise be reported

internally to senior management, where appropriate. Senior management should receive

regular reports from appropriate areas such as business units, group functions, the

operational risk management office and internal audit.

The operational risk reports should contain internal financial, operational, and

compliance data that are relevant to decision making. Reports should be distributed to

appropriate levels of management and to areas of the bank on which areas of concern may

have an impact. Reports should fully reflect any identified problem areas and should

motivate timely corrective action on outstanding issues. To ensure the usefulness and

reliability of these risk and audit reports, management should regularly verify the

timeliness, accuracy, and relevance of reporting systems and internal controls in general.

Management may also use reports prepared by external sources (auditors, supervisors) to

assess the usefulness and reliability of internal reports. Reports should be analyzed with a

view to improving existing risk management performance as well as developing new risk

management policies, procedures, and practices. In general, the board of directors should

receive sufficient higher-level information to enable them to understand the bank‘s overall

operational risk profile and focus on the material and strategic implications for the

business.

3.4.10.6 Operational Risk Mitigation

Banks should have policies, processes, and procedures to control and/or mitigate

material operational risks. Banks should periodically review their risk limitation and

control strategies and should adjust their operational risk profile accordingly using

appropriate strategies, in light of their overall risk appetite and profile. Control activities

are designed to address the operational risks that a bank has identified. For all material

Page 74: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

93

operational risks that have been identified, the bank should decide whether to use

appropriate procedures to control and/or mitigate the risks, or bear (reduce) the risks. For

those risks that cannot be controlled, the bank should decide whether to accept these risks,

reduce the level of business activity involved, or withdraw from this activity completely.

Control processes and procedures should be established and banks should have a system

in place for ensuring compliance with a documented set of internal policies concerning the

risk management system. Principal elements of this could include, for example:

top-level reviews of the bank's progress towards the stated objectives;

auditing for compliance with management controls;

policies, processes, and procedures concerning the review, treatment and

resolution of noncompliance issues; and

a system of documented approvals and authorizations to ensure accountability

to an appropriate level of management

Although a framework of formal, written policies and procedures is critical, it

needs to be reinforced through a strong control culture that promotes sound risk

management practices. Both the board of directors and senior management are responsible

for establishing a strong internal control culture in which control activities are an integral

part of the regular activities of a bank. Controls that are an integral part of the regular

activities enable quick responses to changing conditions and avoid unnecessary costs. An

effective internal control system also requires that there be appropriate segregation of

duties and that personnel are not assigned responsibilities which may create a conflict of

interest. Assigning such conflicting duties to individuals, or a team, may enable them to

conceal losses, errors or inappropriate actions. Therefore, areas of potential conflicts of

interest should be identified, minimized, and subject to careful independent monitoring

and review.

In addition to separation of duties, banks should ensure that other internal practices

are in place as appropriate to control operational risk. Examples of these include:

close monitoring of adherence to assigned risk limits or thresholds;

maintaining safeguards for access to, and use of, bank assets and records;

ensuring that staffs have appropriate expertise and training;

identifying business lines or products where returns appear to be out of line

with reasonable expectations; and

regular verification and reconciliation of transactions and accounts

Page 75: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

94

Operational risk can be more pronounced where banks engage in new activities or

develop new products (particularly where these activities or products are not consistent

with the bank‘s core business strategies), enter unfamiliar markets, and/or engage in

businesses that are geographically distant from the head office. Moreover, in many such

instances, firms do not ensure that the risk management control infrastructure keeps pace

with the growth in the business activity. A number of the most sizeable and highest profile

losses in recent years have taken place where one or more of these conditions existed.

Therefore, it is incumbent upon banks to ensure that special attention is paid to internal

control activities where such conditions exist.

Some significant operational risks have low probabilities but potentially very large

financial impact. Moreover, not all risk events can be controlled (e.g., natural disasters).

Risk mitigation tools or programs can be used to reduce the exposure to, or frequency

and/or severity of, such events. For example, insurance policies, particularly those with

prompt and certain pay-out features, can be used to externalize the risk of ―low frequency,

high severity‖ losses which may occur as a result of events such as third-party claims

resulting from errors and omissions, physical loss of securities, employee or third party

fraud, and natural disasters. However, banks should view risk mitigation tools as

complementary to, rather than a replacement for, thorough internal operational risk

control. Having mechanisms in place to quickly recognize and rectify legitimate

operational risk errors can greatly reduce exposures. Careful consideration also needs to

be given to the extent to which risk mitigation tools such as insurance truly reduce risk, or

transfer the risk to another business sector or area, or even create a new risk (e.g. legal or

counter party risk).

Investments in appropriate processing technology and information technology

security are also important for risk mitigation. However, banks should be aware that

increased automation could transform high frequency, low-severity losses into low

frequency, high-severity losses. The latter may be associated with loss or extended

disruption of services caused by internal factors or by factors beyond the bank‘s

immediate control (e.g., external events). Such problems may cause serious difficulties for

banks and could jeopardize an institution‘s ability to conduct key business activities. As

discussed below, banks should establish disaster recovery and business continuity plans

that address this risk and comply fully with all agency rules, guidance and orders.

Banks should also establish policies for managing the risks associated with

outsourcing activities, doing so in full compliance with all applicable agency rules,

Page 76: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

95

guidance, and orders. Outsourcing of activities can reduce the institution‘s risk profile by

transferring activities to others with greater expertise and scale to manage the risks

associated with specialized business activities. However, a bank‘s use of third parties does

not diminish the responsibility of management to ensure that the third-party activity is

conducted in a safe and sound manner and in compliance with applicable laws.

Outsourcing arrangements should be based on robust contracts and/or service level

agreements that ensure a clear allocation of responsibilities between external service

providers and the outsourcing bank. Furthermore, banks need to manage residual risks

associated with outsourcing arrangements, including disruption of services. Depending on

the scale and nature of the activity, banks should understand the potential impact on their

operations and their customers of any potential deficiencies in services provided by

vendors and other third-party or intra-group service providers, including both operational

breakdowns and the potential business failure or default of the external parties.

Management should ensure that the expectations and obligations of each party are

clearly defined, understood and enforceable. The extent of the external party‘s liability

and financial ability to compensate the bank for errors, negligence, and other operational

failures should be explicitly considered as part of the risk assessment. Banks should carry

out an initial due diligence test and monitor the activities of third party providers,

especially those lacking experience of the banking industry‘s regulated environment, and

review this process (including re-evaluations of due diligence) on a regular basis. The

bank should pay particular attention to use of third-party vendors for critical activities.In

some instances, banks may decide to either retain a certain level of operational risk or

self-insure against that risk. Where this is the case and the risk is material, the decision to

retain or self-insure the risk should be transparent within the organization and should be

consistent with the bank‘s overall business strategy and appetite (potential) for risk.

3.4.10.7 Contingency Planning

Senior management should ensure compliance with all applicable agency rules,

guidance and orders regarding contingency planning. Banks should have in place

contingency and business continuity plans to ensure their ability to operate on an ongoing

basis and limit losses in the event of severe business disruption. For reasons that may be

beyond a bank‘s control, a severe event may result in the inability of the bank to fulfill

some or all of its business obligations, particularly where the bank‘s physical,

telecommunication, or information technology infrastructures have been damaged or

Page 77: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

96

made inaccessible. This can, in turn, result in significant financial losses to the bank, as

well as broader disruptions to the financial system through channels such as the payments

system. This potential requires that banks establish disaster recovery and business

continuity plans that take into account different types of plausible scenarios to which the

bank may be vulnerable, commensurate with the size and complexity of the bank‘s

operations.

Banks should identify critical business processes, including those where there is

dependence on external vendors or other third parties, for which rapid resumption of

service would be most essential. For these processes, banks should identify alternative

mechanisms for resuming service in the event of an outage. Particular attention should be

paid to the ability to restore electronic or physical records that are necessary for business

resumption, including the construction of appropriate backup facilities.

Banks should periodically review their disaster recovery and business continuity

plans so that they are consistent with the bank‘s current operations and business strategies.

Moreover, these plans should be tested periodically to ensure that the bank would be able

to withstand high-severity risk.

3.4.11 Factors In Selecting An Approach35

The new Basel Accord will provide the banking industry with an opportunity to unify its

internal economic capital methodologies with the regulatory capital requirements. Selection of an

approach requires careful consideration in order to balance cost with accuracy, transparency

and potential benefits in minimum regulatory capital. Key considerations are:

• Data availability. Advanced models are data intensive. IDA models require an

organizational commitment for thorough ongoing data collection.

* Commitment to implement an operational risk framework. All of the

Advanced Measurement approaches require a comprehensive risk management framework with

assessments, indicators, data collection and reporting. Whether required by the regulators or

not is simply for economic capital will make its integration with a framework critical. Without

this commitment, a simpler methodology may be considered

Available technology The framework and capital methodologies require

technology, primarily to support the data collection efforts and the analytics. Appropriate budget

be planned for this.

35

PNB Monthly Review * April 2005,pp-18

Page 78: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

97

Size of firm Larger firms tend to be able to justify the investment and the benefit from

lower capital levels would more than offset this charge. Smaller firms would have less of a

benefit, and for approaches such as LDA, the number of events is not sufficient to be conclusive.

Degree of sophistication in relation to economic capital

Firms committed to economic capital and its use as a management tool will be driven to

accurate models and ones that are risk sensitive. They should consider the Advanced

Measurement approaches.

Level of complexity Firms with complex products and operations will have exposure to

more extreme events (tail risk). Advanced models will provide more insight into the true risk

profile and, consequently, into how to manage and price these risks.

Quantitative vs. qualitative orientation Organisations with a strong quantitative

bias and access to the related skills will be attracted to the LDA approach. Others may consider

Score-cards for their intuitive appeal.

3.4.12 Operational Risk Management

Managing operational risk is becoming an important feature of sound risk

management practices in modern financial markets in the wake of phenomenal increase in

the volume of transactions, high degree of structural changes and complex support

systems. The most important type of operational risk involves breakdowns in internal

controls and corporate governance. Such breakdowns can lead to financial loss through

error, fraud, or failure to perform in a timely manner or cause the interest of the bank to be

compromised.

Generally, operational risk is defined as any risk, which is not categoried as market

or credit risk, or the risk of loss arising from various types of human or technical error. It

is also synonymous with settlement or payments risk and business interruption,

administrative and legal risks. Operational risk has some form of link between credit and

market risks. An operational problem with a business transaction could trigger a credit or

market risk.

3.4.12.1 Measurement

There is no uniformity of approach in measurement of operational risk in the

banking system. Besides, the existing methods are relatively simple and experimental,

although some of the international banks have made considerable progress in developing

more advanced techniques for allocating capital with regard to operational risk.

Measuring operational risk requires both estimating the probability of an

operational loss event and the potential size of the loss. It relies on risk factor that

Page 79: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

98

provides some indication of the likelihood of an operational loss event occurring. The

process of operational risk assessment needs to address the likelihood (or frequency) of a

particular operational risk occurring, the magnitude (or severity) of the effect of the

operational risk on business objectives and the options available to manage and initiate

actions to reduce/ mitigate operational risk. The set of risk factors that measure risk in

each business unit such as audit ratings, operational data such as volume, turnover and

complexity and data on quality of operations such as error rate or measure of business

risks such as revenue volatility, could be related to historical loss experience. Banks can

also use different analytical or judgmental techniques to arrive at an overall operational

risk level. Some of the international banks have already developed operational risk rating

matrix, similar to bond credit rating. The operational risk assessment should be bank-wide

basis and it should be reviewed at regular intervals. Banks, over a period, should develop

internal systems to evaluate the risk profile and assign economic capital within the

RAROC framework.

Indian banks have so far not evolved any scientific methods for quantifying

operational risk. In the absence any sophisticated models, banks could evolve simple

benchmark based on an aggregate measure of business activity such as gross revenue, fee

income, operating costs, managed assets or total assets adjusted for off-balance sheet

exposures or a combination of these variables.

3.4.12.2 Risk Monitoring

The operational risk monitoring system focuses, inter alia, on operational

performance measures such as volume, turnover, settlement facts, delays and errors. It

could also be incumbent to monitor operational loss directly with an analysis of each

occurrence and description of the nature and causes of the loss.

3.4.12.3 Control of Operational Risk

Internal controls and the internal audit are used as the primary means to mitigate

operational risk. Banks could also explore setting up operational risk limits, based on the

measures of operational risk. The contingent processing capabilities could also be used as

a means to limit the adverse impacts of operational risk. Insurance is also an important

mitigator of some forms of operational risk. Risk education for familiarising the complex

operations at all levels of staff can also reduce operational risk.

3.4.12.4 Policies and Procedures

Banks should have well defined policies on operational risk management. The

policies and procedures should be based on common elements across business lines or

Page 80: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

99

risks. The policy should address product review process, involving business, risk

management and internal control functions.

3.4.12.5 Internal Control

One of the major tools for managing operational risk is the well-established

internal control system, which includes segregation of duties, clear management reporting

lines and adequate operating procedures. Most of the operational risk events are

associated with weak links in internal control systems or laxity in complying with the

existing internal control procedures.

The ideal method of identifying problem spots is the technique of self-assessment

of internal control environment. The self-assessment could be used to evaluate operational

risk alongwith internal/external audit reports/ratings or RBI inspection findings. Banks

should endeavor for detection of operational problem spots rather than their being pointed

out by supervisors/internal or external auditors.

Along with activating internal audit systems, the Audit Committees should play

greater role to ensure independent financial and internal control functions.

The Basle Committee on Banking Supervision proposes to develop an explicit capital

charge for operational risk.

3.4.13. Risk Aggregation and Capital Allocation

Most of internally active banks have developed internal processes and techniques

to assess and evaluate their own capital needs in the light of their risk profiles and

business plans. Such banks take into account both qualitative and quantitative factors to

assess economic capital. The Basle Committee now recognises that capital adequacy in

relation to economic risk is a necessary condition for the long-term soundness of banks.

Thus, in addition to complying with the established minimum regulatory capital

requirements, banks should critically assess their internal capital adequacy and future

capital needs on the basis of risks assumed by individual lines of business, product, etc.

As a part of the process for evaluating internal capital adequacy, a bank should be able to

identify and evaluate its risks across all its activities to determine whether its capital levels

are appropriate.

Thus, at the bank's Head Office level, aggregate risk exposure should receive

increased scrutiny. To do so, however, it requires the summation of the different types of

risks. Banks, across the world, use different ways to estimate the aggregate risk exposures.

The most commonly used approach is the Risk Adjusted Return on Capital (RAROC).

The RAROC is designed to allow all the business streams of a financial institution to be

Page 81: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

100

evaluated on an equal footing. Each type of risks is measured to determine both the

expected and unexpected losses using VaR or worst-case type analytical model. Key to

RAROC is the matching of revenues, costs and risks on transaction or portfolio basis over

a defined time period. This begins with a clear differentiation between expected and

unexpected losses. Expected losses are covered by reserves and provisions and

unexpected losses require capital allocation which is determined on the principles of

confidence levels, time horizon, diversification and correlation. In this approach, risk is

measured in terms of variability of income. Under this framework, the frequency

distribution of return, wherever possible is estimated and the Standard Deviation (SD) of

this distribution is also estimated. Capital is thereafter allocated to activities as a function

of this risk or volatility measure. Then, the risky position is required to carry an expected

rate of return on allocated capital, which compensates the bank for the associated

incremental risk. By dimensioning all risks in terms of loss distribution and allocating

capital by the volatility of the new activity, risk is aggregated and priced.

The second approach is similar to the RAROC, but depends less on capital

allocation and more on cash flows or variability in earnings. This is referred to as EaR,

when employed to analyse interest rate risk. Under this analytical framework also

frequency distribution of returns for any one type of risk can be estimated from historical

data. Extreme outcome can be estimated from the tail of the distribution. Either a worst

case scenario could be used or Standard Deviation 1/2/2.69 could also be considered.

Accordingly, each bank can restrict the maximum potential loss to certain percentage of

past/current income or market value. Thereafter, rather than moving from volatility of

value through capital, this approach goes directly to current earnings implications from a

risky position. This approach, however, is based on cash flows and ignores the value

changes in assets and liabilities due to changes in market interest rates. It also depends

upon a subjectively specified range of the risky environments to drive the worst case

scenario.

Given the level of extant risk management practices, most of Indian banks may not

be in a position to adopt RAROC framework and allocate capital to various businesses

units on the basis of risk. However, at least, banks operating in international markets

should develop, by March 31, 2001, suitable methodologies for estimating economic

capital.

Page 82: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

101

Section 3.5:

Market Risk Management

3.5.1 Introduction 102

3.5.2. Specification of market risk factors 103

3.5.3. Market-type risks 104

3.5.4 Regulation market risk in bank 105

3.5.5 THE INTERNAL MODELS APPROACH 107

3.5.6 Liquidity Risk 115

Page 83: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

102

3.5.1 Introduction

Traditionally, credit risk management was the primary challenge for banks. With

progressive deregulation, market risk arising from adverse changes in market variables,

such as interest rate, foreign exchange rate, equity price and commodity price has become

relatively more important. Even a small change in market variables causes substantial

changes in income and economic value of banks. Market risk takes the form of:

1. Liquidity Risk

2. Interest Rate Risk

3. Foreign Exchange Rate (Forex) Risk

4. Commodity Price Risk and

5. Equity Price Risk

Market risk is the risk that factors affecting the securities markets generally will

cause a possibly adverse change in the value of the fixed income securities owned by a

Fund. The value of fixed income securities may decline simply because of economic

changes or other events that impact large portions of the market. The factors include real or

perceived unfavorable market conditions, increases in the rate of inflation, and changes in

the general outlook for consumer spending, home sales and mortgage rates, or corporate

earnings. All of the Funds are subject to this risk.

In other word, it is the risk of change of the assets‘ prices, which compose the

funds‘ portfolio exposed to the market variation, such as: interest rates, rate of exchange,

etc. These variations produce different results depending on the type of the investment of

the fund (stocks, fixed income and exchange).36

Market risk is the risk that market variables will move and result in profits or losses

on positions kept. Market risk arises from trading activities in order to facilitate client

transactions and from trading for the banks own account.

We could manage market risk through risk limits such as VaR, interest rate

sensitivity per basis point, net open position, spread sensitivities, greeks (delta, gamma,

vega, rho), stress tests, scenario analysis, position concentration and position ageing.

Market risk limits are set for each location, for each trading portfolio, as well as at several

key aggregation levels and are monitored on a daily basis.

36 (HSBC Bank Brasil S.A. - Banco Múltiplo 2005 - Todos os direitos reservados. )

Page 84: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

103

Internal models meet regulatory requirements and were approved by the central bank for

the calculation of capital for market risk.

3.5.2. Specification of market risk factors

An important part of a bank's internal market risk measurement system is the

specification of an appropriate set of market risk factors, i.e. the market rates and prices that

affect the value of the bank's trading positions. The risk factors contained in a market risk

measurement system should be sufficient to capture the risks inherent in the bank's

portfolio of on- and off-balance sheet trading positions. Although banks will have some

discretion in specifying the risk factors for their internal models, the following guidelines

should be fulfilled.

a. For interest rates, there must be a set of risk factors corresponding to interest

rates in each currency in which the bank has interest-rate-sensitive on- or off-balance sheet

positions.

o The risk measurement system should model the yield curve using one of

a number of generally accepted approaches, for example by estimating forward rates of

zero coupon yields. The yield curve should be divided into various maturity segments in

order to capture variation in the volatility of rates along the yield curve; there will typically

be one risk factor corresponding to each maturity segment. For material exposures to

interest rate movements in the major currencies and markets, banks must model the yield

curve using a minimum of six risk factors. However, the number of risk factors used should

ultimately be driven by the nature of the bank's trading strategies. For instance, an

institution with a portfolio of various types of securities across many points of the yield

curve and that engages in complex arbitrage strategies would require a greater number of

risk factors to capture interest rate risk accurately.

o The risk measurement system must incorporate separate risk factors to

capture spread risk (e.g. between bonds and swaps). A variety of approaches may be used

to capture the spread risk arising from less than perfectly correlated movements between

government and other fixed-income interest rates, such as specifying a completely separate

yield curve for non- government fixed-income instruments (for instance, swaps or

municipal securities) or estimating the spread over government rates at various points along

the yield curve.

b. For exchange rates, the risk measurement system should incorporate risk factors

corresponding to the individual foreign currencies in which the bank's positions are

denominated. Since the value-at-risk figure calculated by the risk measurement system will

Page 85: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

104

be expressed in the bank's domestic currency, any net position denominated in a foreign

currency will introduce a foreign exchange risk. Thus, there must be risk factors

corresponding to the exchange rate between the domestic currency and each foreign

currency in which the bank has a significant exposure.

c. For equity prices, there should be risk factors corresponding to each of the equity

markets in which the bank holds significant positions:

o at a minimum, there should be a risk factor that is designed to capture

market-wide movements in equity prices (e.g. a market index). Positions in individual

securities or in sector indices could be expressed in "beta-equivalents" 37

relative to this

market-wide index;

o a somewhat more detailed approach would be to have risk factors

corresponding to various sectors of the overall equity market (for instance, industry sectors

or cyclical and non-cyclical sectors). As above, positions in individual stocks within each

sector could be expressed in beta-equivalents relative to the sector index;

o the most extensive approach would be to have risk factors corresponding

to the volatility of individual equity issues. The sophistication and nature of the modeling

technique for a given market should correspond to the bank's exposure to the overall market

as well as its concentration in individual equity issues in that market.

d. For commodity prices, there should be risk factors corresponding to each of the

commodity markets in which the bank holds significant positions:

o for banks with relatively limited positions in commodity-based

instruments, a straightforward specification of risk factors would be acceptable. Such a

specification would likely entail one risk factor for each commodity price to which the bank

is exposed. In cases where the aggregate positions are quite small, it might be acceptable to

use a single risk factor for a relatively broad class of commodities (for instance, a single

risk factor for all types of oil);

For more active trading, the model must also take account of variation in the

"convenience yield"38

between derivatives positions such as forwards and swaps and cash

positions in the commodity.

3.5.3. Market-type risks

37 A "beta-equivalent" position would be calculated from a market model of equity price returns (such as the CAPM model) by regressing the return on the individual stock or sector index on the risk-free rate of return and the return on the market index. 38 The convenience yield reflects the benefits from direct ownership of the physical commodity (for example, the ability to profit from temporary market shortages), and is affected both by market conditions and by factors such as physical storage costs.

Page 86: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

105

There exist six fundamental market-type risks that can affect adversely the value of

a portfolio of securities39

:

Absolute price or rate (delta) risk

Convexity or gamma risk

Volatility or vega risk

Time decay or theta risk

Basis or correlation risk

Discount rate or rho risk

Each of the six risks outlined above can be measured across the different maturities

of the instruments in the portfolio. Once the portfolio has been decomposed into its

component parts - that is, once the market risk of each particular product is broken down

into its fundamental elements - the various risks can be aggregated and managed on a net

basis.

Modern portfolio theory suggests that only an overall portfolio approach, consisting

of all the bank‘s positions, is the appropriate way to measure risk. This is because the

marginal contribution that a given position makes to total portfolio risk is a function of

what else there is in the portfolio, which is another way of saying that risk is context-

dependent. Any appropriate system for setting capital requirements should recognize this

basic tenet of portfolio theory. With respect to portfolios of derivatives40

and underlying

securities, therefore, the relevant market risk exposure for financial institutions is their un-

hedged and un-diversified portion, that is the residual exposure after taking account of the

netting out, of correlation, and of portfolio diversification of positions in the same or

different instruments.

3.5.4 Regulation market risk in bank

Market risk has become an increasingly important issue for banks, and

consequently for bank regulation. Three main approaches to the setting of risk-based

39 See Hull (1993) 40 Derivative instruments are securities whose value depends on the values of other basic underlying assets. They fall into four main

market groups: interest rate contracts, foreign exchange contracts, commodity contracts, and equity contracts. The first two groups are the dominant and older segments of the market. The instruments themselves consist of two basic types depending on their relationship with

the underlying asset prices, those with linear payoffs (for example, forward contracts) and those with non-linear payoffs (for example,

option contracts).

Page 87: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

106

minimum capital adequacy standards for market risk have developed and are discussed here

- the building bloc, the internal models, and the precommitment approach.

The building bloc approach, which has been adopted in the EU in the form of

the Capital Adequacy Directive (CAD), and also appears in the standardized version of the

Basle market risk standard;

The internal models approach, which has been incorporated lately in the Basle

market risk standard;

The precommitment approach, which has been a very recent, though promising,

arrival to the scene, and has not yet been officially discussed.

The three main regulatory approaches to the measurement of, and the capital

provisions for, market risk41

,is describing based on Kupiec and O‘Brien (December 1995).

The first one, which is the Building Blocs Approach (BBA), consists of a single

model to be applied to all banks. It is a set of rules that assigns risk charges to specific

instruments and crudely accounts for selected portfolio effects on banks‘ risk exposures. A

―building bloc‖ framework, a framework it shares with the 1988 Basle Accord credit risk

capital standards, characterizes this approach. Two regulatory frameworks, those of the

Capital Adequacy Directive (CAD) of the European Union and of the Basle Standardized

Measure (BSM), incorporate this approach. In both cases, the required market risk capital

will supplement the regulatory capital required under the current credit risk capital

standards.

A second approach is the Internal Models Approach (IMA), whereby capital

charges would be based on market risk estimates from banks‘ internal risk measurement

models. The bank would use its proprietary risk measurement model to estimate its trading

risk exposure which, when multiplied by a certain scaling factor as a measure of regulators‘

conservatism, would become the basis for the regulatory capital charge for market risk.

Regulators would also impose a number of standardizing restrictions on banks‘ internal

models, in order to ensure rough comparability across banks that use this approach. The

Basle Committee as an alternative measure to the BSM has adopted the IMA recently.

The third and latest proposal is the Precommitment Approach (PA), based on work

done by two Federal Reserve economists, Kupiec and O‘Brien42

. Under this approach,

41 Other approaches for setting position (market) risk requirements, such as the US SEC‘s Comprehensive Approach and the UK

Simplified Portfolio Approach are not discussed here, primarily because they apply to securities firms only. See Dimson and Marsh (July 1995).

Page 88: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

107

which has not yet been officially suggested or operationally described in great detail, each

bank pre-commits to a maximum loss exposure over a designated horizon. The maximum

loss commitment becomes the bank‘s market risk capital charge. If the bank incurs trading

losses in excess of its capital commitment, it is subject to penalties, which may include

fines, a capital surcharge in future periods, or other regulatory disciplinary measures. The

next three Sections will describe and assess in greater detail these three approaches

respectively.

3.5.5 THE INTERNAL MODELS APPROACH

3.5.5.1Market Risk Measurement: Value-at-risk Models and Stress Tests

a. VAR Models

In the past, banks have usually measured the risks in individual parts of their trading

books separately. Nowadays, however, they are increasingly moving towards a whole

trading book approach using a value-at-risk (VAR) model, which is a statistical approach to

the evaluation of market risk. The aim of the VAR model is to calculate consistently the

loss, with a specified probability over a specified holding period of time that a bank might

experience on its portfolio from an adverse market movement. For example, with a

confidence interval of 97.5%, corresponding to about two standards deviations from the

mean, any change in portfolio value over one day resulting from an adverse market

movement will not exceed a specific amount x, given the relationships between assets

holding over the observation period. VAR should therefore encompass changes in all major

market risk components.

There are three main VAR approaches43

. Firstly, under the variance/covariance (or

correlation) approach, a bank uses summary statistics on the magnitude of past price

volatilities and correlations between price movements to estimate likely potential losses in

42 See, for example, Kupiec and O‘Brien, ―Model Alternative‖ in Risk magazine, Vol. 8, No. 6 (June 1995). 43 See Jackson (May 1995), and ―Value At Risk‖, a Risk magazine Special Supplement (June 1996).

Page 89: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

108

its trading portfolio. Placing equal weights on all past observations can do this or, in order

to give more weight to more recent observations so that large jumps in volatility/correlation

in the distant past are avoided, by using unequal weighting44

. Secondly, under the

(historical) simulation approach, a bank bases its expectations of potential future losses on

calculations - using data on past price movements - of the loss that would have been

sustained on that book in the past. The main difference between the two is that, with the

first approach the confidence interval is calculated statistically45

, whereas with the second

approach it is observed. The latter approach is, therefore, computationally more intensive

and its results are susceptible to the frequency of rare events in the historical observation

period, as well as to its length.

Finally, under the Monte Carlo (or stochastic simulation) approach, a bank tests the

value of the portfolio under a large sample of randomly chosen combinations of price

scenarios, whose probabilities are based on historical experience. This method is more

flexible and is particularly useful in measuring the risk in instruments with nonlinear price

characteristics, but it is less frequently used because of its time and cost demands.

Banks can use any of the three approaches to allocate capital between their various

operations. So far, there is no industry consensus on the best method for calculating VAR.

As with any statistical model, VAR depends on assumptions whose choice is dictated by

the user‘s awareness and aversion to them.

The issue of correlations is extremely important for VAR models. Different

approaches capture different correlations46

. Measuring correlation is important because of

the empirically well-established ‗fat‘ tails in the distribution of market returns.

Leptocurtosis means that measures of VAR based on a normal distribution of returns will

likely understate actual VAR.

In addition, during extreme market movements, correlations change significantly

which has implication for VAR measurement. During the October 1987 equity markets

crash, the correlation between markets was close to 1 - all markets moved together. There is

little benefit at such times from market diversification, but considerable benefit from

44 The two most used methods for unequal weighting are the Garch (General Autoregressive Conditional Heteroscedasticity) family of

models and the exponentially weighted moving averages method.

45 For example, one version of the first approach assumes that the returns on risk factors are normally distributed, the correlations

between factors are constant, and the delta of each portfolio constituent is constant. All of these can be criticized as unrealistic.

46

The variance/covariance approach, for example, is based on average correlations

calculated for the whole data period, while the simulation approach reflects the actual

correlations on particular days.

Page 90: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

109

having long and short positions in different markets. At other times - for example, after the

1987 Nikkei equity index crashed alone - the correlation between some markets was closer

to zero, or even -1. The benefits from diversification then would much exceed the benefits

from hedging.

b. Stress Testing

For the risk profile of a trading book, and for day-to-day risk management, it is

short-term ‗normal‘ correlations that are important because of the daily marking to market

of positions. However, for the regulators, it is instances of extreme market pressure, when

correlations can change dramatically and market liquidity drains, which are the focus. The

emphasis therefore of regulation is on the tails of the distribution of price movements that is

on adverse extreme events. This is also the explicit aim of stress tests, the other main

market risk measurement device.

Stress tests calculate the possible extent on a trading book of exposures under

extreme market movement scenarios or, more generally, when some of the basic

assumptions underlying the VAR model are violated. The trading book is revalued

according to imposed hypothetical, albeit improbable, parameters, rather than according to

summary statistics calculated from past data as in the variance/covariance approach. As

such, there is no standard way to do stress testing since it involves experimenting with the

limits of a risk model.

3.5.5.2 The Basle Internal Model Approach

a. Overall Description

As a result of the public criticism of the Basle Standardized Measure (BSM)

proposals, the Basle Committee has, in its final market risk standard decision47

, agreed to

include the IMA (Internal Model Approach) as an alternative approach to the BSM. The

market risk standard covers the trading account of internationally active banks only. There

is going to be a two-year implementation period, followed by the adoption of the standard,

on a voluntary basis depending on the decision by the country‘s regulatory authorities, on

the first of January 1998.

47

See Basle Committee on Banking Supervision (January 1996).

Page 91: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

110

The assumptions underlying the BIMA are that banks are in a better position than

regulators to devise models that accurately measure risk exposure over a holding period of

concern to regulators, and that the regulatory authority can verify that each bank‘s model is

providing such an accurate measure. In effect, the regulators ‗piggyback‘ on a bank‘s

existing risk-management model to determine levels of risk capital to be held. At the heart

of this approach lies the VAR model described above.

b. The IMA Process48

Setting capital adequacy standards under this regime is a three-stage process.

Firstly, the regulators set the quantitative standards (risk parameters) for capital

calculation, which are the following49

:

The model must cover all material risks in the trading book and must have a

minimum number of thirteen risk factors (maturity bands). Moreover, it must be able to

account for the non-linear pricing characteristics of option instruments;

A 99% one-sided ‗conservative‘ confidence interval, in order to account for

adverse movements only. This amounts to a risk estimate of three standard deviations away

from the mean of a normal distribution of portfolio value changes;

A ten trading-day (that is, two weeks) holding period. This has been imposed to

extend the period sufficiently to be of interest to regulators, and can be justified by

appealing to concerns about illiquidity and the inability to wind down positions during

extreme market movements;

A minimum of one year as the observation period for historical data to be used in

calculating volatility, to be updated at least once a quarter. This is intended to resolve

problems of differential volatilities and correlations arising from the choice of the size of

the sample period;

All correlations are allowed, both within and across different asset classes (risk

categories), to be estimated with equally-weighted daily data;

Since there is no economic model for determining how to extrapolate daily

VARs to the ten trading-day holding periods, that regulatory capital requirement is scaled

48 See the Federal Register (25 July 1995) for a more detailed description of the BSM and the BIMA as proposed to be applied to the

United States. 49 Quantitative standards were placed in an attempt to make consistent estimates across institutions. This was in response to important

differences in model practice, identified when the Basle Committee compiled and distributed a test portfolio to fifteen banks in the major G-10 countries in order to get their VAR estimates. Moreover, the standards aim to address some overall measurement shortcomings. See

Basle Committee on Banking Supervision (April 1995).

Page 92: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

111

up by the square root of time. Options exposures, which have nonlinear payoffs as a

function of time, must be measured directly by considering the variance of two-week price

movements. This can be done through nonlinear approximation methods involving higher-

order risk factor sensitivities (gamma risk), volatility changes (vega risk), and spread risk;

The bank‘s capital charge is based on the larger of the bank‘s previous day VAR

estimate and the average of its risk estimates over the prior sixty business days subject to a

multiplication factor. This minimum scaling factor is included as a measure of the

regulators‘ conservatism regarding the model‘s capital estimates. The proposed minimum

value is 3, making the implied holding period equivalent to 90 days of un-hedged exposure.

The multiplier can be increased if the supervisor is not satisfied with the accuracy of the

estimates (see ‗plus factor‘ below);

An additional capital charge for the specific (idiosyncratic) risk of trading book

debt and equity positions is levied. This is equal to one-half of the specific risk capital

charge as calculated under the BSM;

For verifying risk estimates, a one-day back-testing methodology is proposed to

be used quarterly, based on the frequency of realized daily losses exceeding the model‘s

predicted losses at the 1% critical values. Banks are required to add to the multiplication

factor a ‗plus factor‘ directly related to the ex-post performance of the model.

Secondly, regulators must validate the VAR statistical models and processes, which

banks use to measure risk using the following qualitative standards:

There must exist senior management oversight and active involvement in the

process;

The model must be fully integrated into the daily risk management process;

Risk management must be independent of the business line - that is, it must

belong to an autonomous risk control unit;

Controls over inputs, data, model changes, and systems must be strong;

The modeling system and the risk management process should be subject to

an adequate, independent validation by the bank or a third party. This can be based on

either, or both, the adequacy of the VAR estimates - for example, through back-testing and

stress tests and the documentation of the bank‘s policies and procedures.

Finally, the bank must estimate overall VAR capital requirements on a daily basis.

As in the BSM approach, a third tier of eligible capital to cover market risks, made up of

short-term subordinated debt subject to various restrictions, is provided here. Stress testing

Page 93: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

112

simulations are periodically going to be used in order to address concerns about the

complexity and opaqueness of derivative instruments risks.

There are also rules regarding banks, which temporarily use a combination of the

BSM and the IMA approaches. The Basle Committee, despite setting no timetable, is keen

to ensure that a bank which has developed one or more models will not be able to revert to

measuring the risk using the BSM approach, unless the supervisor withdraws approval for

the model.

3.5.5.3 THE PRECOMMITMENT APPROACH

a. Overall Description50

An alternative to models-based regulation, the Pnishment Approach (PA) focuses

on goals - namely, maintaining sufficient capital to cover trading losses - and leaves it to

banks to determine the best models and inputs to achieve those goals. It is a relatively new

idea in the field of regulation of market risk, floated by the Federal Reserve, and its specific

mechanisms have not yet been set out in detail.

Under this approach, each bank pre-commits an amount of capital to cover what is

believed to be its maximum trading loss exposure over a given regulatory horizon, which

can be one quarter or even a shorter period. This capital becomes the focus of regulation. A

bank would be in breach of this pre-commitment if cumulative losses from the beginning of

the capital period exceeded its capital commitment on any close of business mark-to-market

within the quarter. Banks that have good risk management systems, conservative portfolios,

or more risk averse preferences, could pre-commit to lower maximum loss levels and hold

less capital because of their confidence that they will not reach their pre-committed

maximum trading losses.

b. The Nature of the Penalties

Breaches would be penalized in two ways. Firstly, there would be explicit

regulatory penalties. Secondly, the commitment could be publicly disclosed, providing a

double incentive for the bank - to contain losses within its committed capital and to not

greatly over-commit capital. The latter may send a signal of an ineffective risk

50

See Kupiec and O‘Brien, ―Model Alternative‖ in Risk magazine, Vol. 8, No. 6 (June

1995); Bliss

Page 94: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

113

measurement system, as well as of possible excessive risk exposure in the upcoming

period51

. It also encourages the regulatory authorities to act promptly over breaches,

imposing the necessary penalties and determining management shortcomings. Disclosure

therefore both complements and strengthens the incentives created by the penalties52

.

A number of regulatory punishment methods, individually or in combination, are

envisaged, depending on the situation, if trading losses exceed banks‘ market risk capital

recommitments:

A fine penalty;

An additional capital penalty. For example, banks could be required to hold

capital in excess of their loss pre-commitments in subsequent periods. This has been

criticized, though, on the grounds that it causes banks to respond to such a violation penalty

by taking measures to nullify it;

Depending on the severity of the problem, supervisory actions could include less

formal penalties such as supervisory sanctions. These could include a detailed review of the

bank‘s risk management system, increased backtesting, close monitoring of activities, and

even restrictions on trading activity or permitted risk exposure.

All penalties should have the important characteristic that they increase nonlinearly

with the size of the violation53

. This requirement provides disincentives to deferring today‘s

losses in the hope that future outcomes will reverse them, in an apparent attempt to ‗bail the

boat‘.

Of course, in times of unusual financial market stress situations - for example,

systemic crises - no reasonable capital commitment can fulfill those risks. Regulators must

therefore have the flexibility to waive penalties during those times. The issue of setting a

penalty function becomes all-important for regulators since it sets the tone of incentives for

compliance. In particular, that function must have the characteristic of perfect incentive

compatibility, thus avoiding over- or under-commitment of capital.

Moreover, the multiplier used to determine capital set-aside from recommitted

maximum losses need not be fixed at unity. While the system is being implemented, and

51

This means that, for a bank, which has excess regulatory capital, the implied cost of that capital is not zero, though it is probably less

than the cost of penalties. The end result is that the banks will choose to be conservative. 52 The usefulness of public disclosure has been questioned by market practitioners who believe that disclosed penalties might lead to

market overreaction, which will cause runs on those banks that have breached their pre-commitment. 53 See Bliss (September/October 1995).

Page 95: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

114

until enough experience is gathered, a higher initial multiplier would provide an additional

degree of safety. This precaution may be dispensed with time, though it cannot be used as

an incentive device since it encourages gaming in the same fashion as capital penalties

described above.

5. Market Risk Management

Management of market risk should be the major concern of top management of

banks. The Boards should clearly articulate market risk management policies, procedures,

prudential risk limits, review mechanisms and reporting and auditing systems. The policies

should address the bank's exposure on a consolidated basis and clearly articulate the risk

measurement systems that capture all material sources of market risk and assess the effects

on the bank. The operating prudential limits and the accountability of the line management

should also be clearly defined. The Asset-Liability Management Committee (ALCO)

should function as the top operational unit for managing the balance sheet within the

performance/risk parameters laid down by the Board. The banks should also set up an

independent Middle Office to track the magnitude of market risk on a real time basis. The

Middle Office should comprise of experts in market risk management, economists,

statisticians and general bankers and may be functionally placed directly under the ALCO.

The Middle Office should also be separated from Treasury Department and should not be

involved in the day-to-day management of Treasury. The Middle Office should apprise the

top management / ALCO / Treasury about adherence to prudential / risk parameters and

also aggregate the total market risk exposures assumed by the bank at any point of time.

Page 96: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

115

3.5.6 Liquidity Risk

Liquidity Planning is an important facet of risk management framework in banks.

Liquidity is the ability to efficiently accommodate deposit and other liability decreases, as

well as, fund loan portfolio growth and the possible funding of off-balance sheet claims. A

bank has adequate liquidity when sufficient funds can be raised, either by increasing

liabilities or converting assets, promptly and at a reasonable cost. It encompasses the

potential sale of liquid assets and borrowings from money, capital and Forex markets. Thus,

liquidity should be considered as a defence mechanism from losses on fire sale of assets.

The liquidity risk of banks arises from funding of long-term assets by short-term

liabilities, thereby making the liabilities subject to rollover or refinancing risk. The liquidity

risk in banks manifest in different dimensions:

a. Funding Risk - need to replace net outflows due to unanticipated

withdrawal/non-renewal of deposits (wholesale and retail);

b. Time Risk - need to compensate for non-receipt of expected inflows of

funds, i.e. performing assets turning into non-performing assets; and

c. Call Risk - due to crystallisation of contingent liabilities and unable to

undertake profitable business opportunities when desirable.

The first step towards liquidity management is to put in place an effective liquidity

management policy, which, inter alia, should spell out the funding strategies, liquidity

planning under alternative scenarios, prudential limits, liquidity reporting / reviewing, etc.

Page 97: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

116

Liquidity measurement is quite a difficult task and can be measured through stock

or cash flow approaches. The key ratios, adopted across the banking system are:

1. Loans to Total Assets

2. Loans to Core Deposits

3. Large Liabilities (minus)Temporary Investments to Earning Assets (minus)

Temporary Investments, where large liabilities represent wholesale deposits which are

market sensitive and temporary Investments are those maturing within one year and those

investments which are held in the trading book and are readily sold in the market;

4. Purchased Funds to Total Assets, where purchased funds include the entire

inter-bank and other money market borrowings, including Certificate of Deposits and

institutional deposits; and

5. Loan Losses/Net Loans.

While the liquidity ratios are the ideal indicator of liquidity of banks operating in

developed financial mar surplus or deficit of funds at selected maturity dates is

recommended as a standard tool. The format prescribed by RBI in this regard under ALM

System should be adopted for measuring cash flow mismatches at different time bands. The

cash flows should be placed in different time bands based on future behavior of assets,

liabilities and off-balance sheet items. In other words, banks should have to analyze the

behavioral maturity profile of various components of on / off-balance sheet items on the

basis of assumptions and trend analysis supported by time series analysis. Banks should

also undertake variance analysis, at least, once in six months to validate the assumptions.

The assumptions should be fine-tuned over a period which facilitate near reality predictions

about future behavior of on / off-balance sheet items. Apart from the above cash flows,

banks should also track the impact of prepayments of loans, premature closure of deposits

and exercise of options built in certain instruments which offer put/call options after

specified times. Thus, cash outflows can be ranked by the date on which liabilities fall due,

the earliest date a liability holder could exercise an early repayment option or the earliest

date contingencies could be crystallized.

The difference between cash inflows and outflows in each time period, the excess or

deficit of funds, becomes a starting point for a measure of a bank's future liquidity surplus

or deficit, at a series of points of time. The banks should also consider putting in place

certain prudential limits to avoid liquidity crisis:

1. Cap on inter-bank borrowings, especially call borrowings;

2. Purchased funds vis--vis liquid assets;

Page 98: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

117

3. Core deposits vis--vis Core Assets i.e. Cash Reserve Ratio, Liquidity Reserve

Ratio and Loans;

4. Duration of liabilities and investment portfolio;

5. Maximum Cumulative Outflows. Banks should fix cumulative mismatches

across all time bands;

6. Commitment Ratio - track the total commitments given to corporates/banks and

other financial institutions to limit the off-balance sheet exposure;

7. Swapped Funds Ratio, i.e. extent of Indian Rupees raised out of foreign currency

sources.

Banks should also evolve a system for monitoring high value deposits (other than

inter-bank deposits) say Rs.1 croreor more to track the volatile liabilities. Further the cash

flows arising out of contingent liabilities in normal situation and the scope for an increase

in cash flows during periods of stress should also be estimated. It is quite possible that

market crisis can trigger substantial increase in the amount of draw downs from cash

credit/overdraft accounts, contingent liabilities like letters of credit, etc.

The liquidity profile of the banks could be analyzed on a static basis, wherein the

assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet items are pegged on a particular day and the

behavioral pattern and the sensitivity of these items to changes in market interest rates and

environment are duly accounted for. The banks can also estimate the liquidity profile on a

dynamic way by giving due importance to:

1.7.3 Seasonal pattern of deposits/loans;

2.7.3 Potential liquidity needs for meeting new loan demands, unavailed credit

limits, loan policy, potential deposit losses, investment obligations, statutory obligations,

etc.

Alternative Scenarios

The liquidity profile of banks depends on the market conditions, which influence

the cash flow behavior. Thus, banks should evaluate liquidity profile under different

conditions, viz. normal situation, bank specific crisis and market crisis scenario. The banks

should establish benchmark for normal situation, cash flow profile of on / off balance

sheet items and manages net funding requirements.

Estimating liquidity under bank specific crisis should provide a worst-case

benchmark. It should be assumed that the purchased funds could not be easily rolled over;

some of the core deposits could be prematurely closed; a substantial share of assets have

turned into non-performing and thus become totally illiquid. These developments would

Page 99: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

118

lead to rating down grades and high cost of liquidity. The banks should evolve contingency

plans to overcome such situations.

The market crisis scenario analyses cases of extreme tightening of liquidity

conditions arising out of monetary policy stance of Reserve Bank, general perception about

risk profile of the banking system, severe market disruptions, failure of one or more of

major players in the market, financial crisis, contagion, etc. Under this scenario, the

rollover of high value customer deposits and purchased funds could extremely be difficult

besides flight of volatile deposits / liabilities. The banks could also sell their investment

with huge discounts, entailing severe capital loss.

Contingency Plan

Banks should prepare Contingency Plans to measure their ability to withstand

bank-specific or market crisis scenario. The blue-print for asset sales, market access,

capacity to restructure the maturity and composition of assets and liabilities should

be clearly documented and alternative options of funding in the event of bank's

failure to raise liquidity from existing source/s could be clearly articulated. Liquidity

from the Reserve Bank, arising out of its refinance window and interim liquidity

adjustment facility or as lender of last resort should not be reckoned for contingency

plans. Availability of back-up liquidity support in the form of committed lines of

credit, reciprocal arrangements, liquidity support from other external sources,

liquidity of assets, etc. should also be clearly established.

Page 100: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

119

Section 3.6:

Credit Risk Management

3.6.1 Introduction 120

3.6.2 Objective of credit risk management 121

3.6.3 Difficulties face to credit risk management 121

3.6.4 Managing of credit risk 123

3.6.5 Credit Risk Environment 124

3.6.6 Credit Risk Strategy 124

3.6.7 Credit policy 125

3.6.8 Instruments of Credit Risk Management 126

3.6.9 RBI GUIDELINES ON CREDIT RISK RATING 130

3.6.10 LINKAGES OF CREDIT RISK RATING 131

3.6.11 Testing risk rating model 132

3.6.12 Risk Pricing 132

3.6.13 Portfolio Management 133

3.6.14 Loan Review Mechanism (LRM) 135

3.6.15 Credit risk in off-balance sheet Exposure 136

3.6.16 Role of Analytical Techniques and MIS in Credit Risk Management 137

3.6.17 Training 138

Page 101: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

120

3.6.1 Introduction

Banks are in the business of risk and banking is all about managing risk and return.

The balancing of risks and returns presents a major challenge and banks are successful

when the risks taken are reasonable, controllable and within their financial resources and

credit competence. Banks, in the course of their business, are confronted with various kinds

of risks, which all these risks are interrelated, interdependent and overlapping in their cause

and effects.

The issuers of fixed income securities may default by failing to make interest

payments or to repay principal in a timely manner. This is referred to as credit risk. To

illustrate, credit risk is virtually non-existent for securities issued by the any government of

countries. Credit risk is higher for fixed-income securities issued by corporations. The

degree of credit risk is reflected in credit ratings described below. Securities with higher

credit risks (and lower ratings) often referred to as high yield securities, generally pay a

higher interest rate to compensate investors for the additional risk. In other word credit risk

is is the risk of a certain security does not honour its commitments within the agreed

maturity. Consequently, the fund that holds this security in its portfolio will have a loss

equivalent to its investment. Normally, this risk may be evaluated by the rating of the

security. Also Credit Risk is simply defined as the probability that a bank borrower will fail

to meet its obligations in accordance with agreed terms and involves inability or

unwillingness of a customer to meet commitments in relation to lending, trading, hedging,

settlement and other financial transactions. Credit Risk is generally made up of (a)

transaction risk or default risk and (b) portfolio risk.

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss arising from the failure of a borrower or other

financial counterparty to meet its contractual obligations to the Bank. The pursuit of the

Bank‘s development objectives renders substantial credit risk an unavoidable and necessary

consequence of its business operations. Credit risk is the major part of the Bank‘s overall

risk, and, in ensuring that the institution remains financially sustainable and is therefore

able to achieve its objectives, managing this risk takes precedence.

The Board of Directors and its subcommittee, the Credit Committee, authorize

larger credit decisions, while the operations executives are authorized to approve smaller

credits. All credit decisions, irrespective of nominal size, are based on a comprehensive and

documented appraisal process. In evaluating and monitoring credit risk, the Bank employs a

well-tested internal rating model that ensures a thorough and all-embracing risk assessment

Page 102: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

121

of each client. Loans and guarantees provided are classified in accordance with the Bank‘s

associated risk classification system and all clients are reassessed on a semi-annual basis, as

part of the ongoing risk monitoring process. The semi-annual risk classification process is

documented in the form of a credit risk migration matrix, which forms the basis for

determining the Bank‘s loan loss provisioning. Credit decisions are further subject to both

single obligor limits and the appraised debt service capacity of the borrowers. As part of the

credit risk mitigation process the Bank also requires collateral in the form of eligible assets

or third-party guarantees, when deemed prudent. Assets held as security against loans are

revalued at prescribed intervals, which vary according to the nature and liquidity of these

assets.

Credit risk management is a process, rather a comprehensive system. The process

begins with identifying the target markets and proceeds through a series of stages to loan

repayment. Different types of risk management techniques need to be employed at each

stage of the credit process. Every activity in credit risk management is undertaken with the

ultimate aim of protecting and improving the loan quality, which is critical to the health of

banks. A healthy loan portfolio, in turn, leads to maximization of profits and shareholders‘

wealth.

3.6.2 Objective of credit risk management

The factors and objectives that shape up the bank‘s policies towards credit risk

management are:

To make available sufficient liquidity to meet loan a ailments, interest,

operational and other costs and losses;

To maximize profits; and

To support broad national policy objectives of liquidity, interest rate stability,

financial stability and above all, allocation of scarce financial resources efficiently to foster

economic growth.

3.6.3 Difficulties face to credit risk management

Page 103: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

122

Banks in emerging markets like India, face intense challenges in managing Credit

Risk. These may be determined by factors external/internal to the bank.The external factors

include:

Delay in production schedules/production difficulties of borrowers

Frequent instability in the business environment

Wide swings in commodity/equity prices, foreign exchange rates and interest

rates

Legal framework less supportive of debt recovery

Financial restrictions

Government policies and controls

Economic sanctions

Natural disasters, etc

These may be aggravated by internal factors / deficiencies in the management of

credit risk within the bank like:

Deficiencies in loan policies / administration

Lack of portfolio concentration limits

Excessive centralization or decentralization of lending authority

Deficiencies in appraisal of financial position of the borrowers

Poor industry analysis

Excessive reliance on collateral

Inadequate risk pricing

Poor controls on loan documentation

Infrequent customer contact

Inadequate post-sanction surveillance

Lack of articulated loan review mechanism

Failure to improve collateral position as credits deteriorate

Absence of stringent asset classification and loan loss provisioning standards

Inadequate checks and balances in the credit process

Failure to control and audit the credit process effectively

These deficiencies can lead to loan portfolio weaknesses, including over

concentration of loans in one industry or sector, large portfolios of non-performing loans

and credit losses. These may further lead to miss liquidity and ultimately insolvency. The

fact that the banks operate in an economic environment that poses objective difficulties for

Page 104: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

123

good credit management gives all the more reason to strengthen their credit risk

management practices.

3.6.4 Managing of credit risk

The management of credit risk should receive the top management‘s attention and

the process should encompass:

1. Measurement of risk through credit rating/scoring;

2. Quantifying the risk through estimating expected loan losses i.e. the amount

of loan losses that bank would experience over a chosen time horizon (through tracking

portfolio behavior over 5 or more years) and unexpected loan losses i.e. the amount by

which actual losses exceed the expected loss (through standard deviation of losses or the

difference between expected loan losses and some selected target credit loss quantity);

3. Risk pricing on a scientific basis; and

4. Controlling the risk through effective Loan Review Mechanism and portfolio

management.

The credit risk management process should be articulated in the bank‘s Loan

Policy, duly approved by the Board. Each bank should constitute a high level Credit Policy

Committee, also called Credit Risk Management Committee or Credit Control Committee

etc., to deal with issues relating to credit policy and procedures and to analyze, manage and

control credit risk on a bank wide basis. The Committee should be headed by the

Chairman/CEO/ED, and should comprise heads of Credit Department, Treasury, Credit

Risk Management Department (CRMD) and the Chief Economist. The Committee should,

inter alia, formulate clear policies on standards for presentation of credit proposals,

financial covenants, rating standards and benchmarks, delegation of credit approving

powers, prudential limits on large credit exposures, asset concentrations, standards for loan

collateral, portfolio management, loan review mechanism, risk concentrations, risk

monitoring and evaluation, pricing of loans, provisioning, regulatory/legal compliance, etc.

Concurrently, each bank should also set up Credit Risk Management Department (CRMD),

independent of the Credit Administration Department. The CRMD should enforce and

monitor compliance of the risk parameters and prudential limits set by the CPC. The

CRMD should also lay down risk assessment systems, monitor quality of loan portfolio,

identify problems and correct deficiencies, develop MIS and undertake loan review/audit.

Page 105: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

124

Large banks may consider separate set up for loan review/audit. The CRMD should also be

made accountable for protecting the quality of the entire loan portfolio. The Department

should undertake portfolio evaluations and conduct comprehensive studies on the

environment to test the resilience of the loan portfolio.

3.6.5 Credit Risk Environment

A fundamental prerequisite for credit risk management is establishment of an appropriate

credit risk environment. Banks should have a clear-cut perspective on credit risk strategy and evolve

suitable policies and procedures to implement it. These should be effectively communicated

throughout the organization. All relevant personnel should clearly understand the bank's approach to

granting credit and should comply with the established policies and procedures.

Internationally, the responsibility for designing and implementing the credit risk management

systems (viz. identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling credit risks) is vested with the top

management of the banks. The Basel committee document referred to earlier, has recommended that:

The board of directors should have the responsibility for approving and

periodically reviewing the credit risk strategy and significant credit risk policies of the bank. The

strategy should reflect the bank's tolerance for risk and the level of profitability the bank expects to

achieve for incurring various credit risks.

Senior management should have the responsibility for implementing the credit

risk strategy approved by the board and for developing the policies and procedures for identifying

measuring, monitoring and controlling credit risk. Such policies and procedures should address credit

risk in all the bank's activities and at both individual credit and portfolio levels.

Bank should identify and manage credit risk inherent in all products and

activities. New products and activities should be subject to adequate procedures and controls before

being introduced or undertaken.

3.6.6 Credit Risk Strategy

A credit risk strategy or plan establishes the objectives guiding the bank's credit-granting

activities and its credit risk management functions. The strategies or directives:

Page 106: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

125

Typically provide general parameters for the types of credits that the bank will

offer and the types of customers that the bank will serve, as dictated by current strategic decisions

e.g., in a particular year, the bank may like to concentrate on infrastructure finance, or may like to

expand in the retail finance segment. These should be well laid out in the bank's document on credit

risk strategy.

Regulate loan-concentration levels in particular industries or market segments

Give recognition to the goals of credit quality, earnings and growth

Provide continuity in approach. These will need to take into account the cyclical

patterns of the industry and economy and the resultant shifts in the overall composition and the

quality of the credit portfolio. These strategies should be viable in the long run.

Should be effectively communicated throughout the organisation.

3.6.7 Credit policy

Credit policy provides the framework for the entire credit management process.

Written credit policies and procedures are the cornerstones of sound credit management.

They set the objective standards and parameters to guide bank officers who grant loans and

manage the loan portfolio. They also provide the board of directors, regulators, and internal

and external auditors with a basis for evaluating a bank‘s credit management performance.

When credit policies are carefully formulated, administered from the top, and clearly

understood at all organizational levels, they enable the bank management to maintain

proper credit standards, avoid excessive risks, and evaluate business opportunities properly.

Lending policy is one facet of the overall spectrum of policies that guide a bank‘s

operations.

Credit policy should address such topics as target markets, standards for

presentation of loan proposals, financial covenants (both price and non-price terms), rating

standards and benchmarks, delegation of credit approving powers, prudential limits on

large credit exposures, asset concentrations, standards for loan collateral, portfolio

management, loan review mechanism, levels of risk concentration, risk monitoring and

evaluation, pricing of loans, provisioning for loan losses, regulatory/legal compliance,

exceptional reporting, etc. It should also encompass other elements such as availability of

Page 107: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

126

funds and term structure of liabilities. In short, the credit policy of a bank should address

total management of credit risk.

The importance of such policies and procedures that are properly developed and

implemented enable the bank to:

1. Maintain uniform and sound credit-granting standards;

2. Ensure operational consistency;

3. Monitor and control credit risk;

4. Evaluate new business opportunities; and

5. Identify and administer problem credits.

Developing credit policy is particularly important when a bank must adapt to a

complex and rapidly changing environment. Credit policy by establishing a common credit

language throughout the organization, helps in determining the level of acceptable risk and

expected return.

3.6.8 Instruments of Credit Risk Management

Credit Risk Management encompasses a host of management techniques, which

help the banks in mitigating the adverse impacts of credit risk.

3.6.8.1 Credit Approving Authority

Banks usually adopt either a committee or sequential process of credit approval.

The former requires ultimate approval of a loan or credit facility by a committee that

customarily consists of members of senior management and the heads of the credit

departments. The sequential process involves an approval chain of individual loan officers

with ascending levels of authority to sanction credit. Most of the Indian banks, especially in

the public sector, have adopted the sequential system of loan sanction.The proponents of

the committee system believe that:

The committee has better decision making capabilities, by virtue of the

combined experience of its members and

There is greater transparency in the decision making process.

Advocates of the sequential system, however, argue that:

Page 108: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

127

Majority of the members may follow the preferences of the senior members

of the committee.

The system may not always help in speedy decision-making.

It may be difficult to fix accountability to generate more responsible

decision-making.

Committee may hence be more risk- prone.

Ultimately, the size of the bank, the scope of its operations and most important - its

credit culture will determine the type of credit approval process to be adopted by it. It may

be mentioned that RB1 in its recent guidelines has asked banks to consider establishment of

the ‗Committee‘ system of loan approval.

The banks should also evolve suitable framework for reporting and evaluating the

quality of credit decisions taken by various functional groups. The quality of credit

decisions should be evaluated within a reasonable time, say 3 - 6 months, through a well-

defined Loan Review Mechanism.

3.6.8.2 Prudential Limits

In order to limit the magnitude of credit risk, prudential limits should be laid down

on various aspects of credit:

1. Stipulate benchmark current/debt equity and profitability ratios, debt service

coverage ratio or other ratios, with flexibility for deviations. The conditions subject to

which deviations are permitted and the authority therefore should also be clearly spelt out

in the Loan Policy;

2. single/group borrower limits, which may be lower than the limits prescribed

by Reserve Bank to provide a filtering mechanism;

3. substantial exposure limit i.e. sum total of exposures assumed in respect of

those single borrowers enjoying credit facilities in excess of a threshold limit, say 10% or

15% of capital funds. The substantial exposure limit may be fixed at 600% or 800% of

capital funds, depending upon the degree of concentration risk the bank is exposed;

4. maximum exposure limits to industry, sector, etc. should be set up. There

must also be systems in place to evaluate the exposures at reasonable intervals and the

limits should be adjusted especially when a particular sector or industry faces slowdown or

other sector/industry specific problems. The exposure limits to sensitive sectors, such as,

advances against equity shares, real estate, etc., which are subject to a high degree of asset

price volatility and to specific industries, which are subject to frequent business cycles, may

Page 109: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

128

necessarily be restricted. Similarly, high-risk industries, as perceived by the bank, should

also be placed under lower portfolio limit. Any excess exposure should be fully backed by

adequate collaterals or strategic considerations; and

5. banks may consider maturity profile of the loan book, keeping in view the

market risks inherent in the balance sheet, risk evaluation capability, liquidity, etc.

3.6.8.3 Credit Risk Rating

An important tool in monitoring the quality of individual credits as well as the total

portfolio is the use of an internal risk rating system. A well-structured internal risk rating

system is a good means of differentiating the degree of credit risk in different credit

exposures of a bank. This will allow more accurate determination of the overall

characteristics of the credit portfolio, concentrations, problem credits and the adequacy of

loan loss provisions.

Need for credit risk rating model

The liberalization of Indian economy has brought up sweeping changes in the

economic environment of the country. The banking sector, which has been traditionally

used to lend in the closed environment is suddenly open to various kinds of risks arising out

of globalization. The consistent reduction in the import duties and withdrawal of

subsidies/tax benefits facilitating the industries to compete globally under a free

environment has necessitated the banks to assess the risks involved in financing a borrower

and update the same on a continuous basis.

There is need to change from the present system of demand driven credit to supply

driven credit where the bank predetermines the extent of exposure, terms of credit, form of

credit, etc. based on the riskiness of borrower represented by rating. This has become

necessary to contain potential loss and also to ensure quality of credit portfolio.

Typically, an internal risk rating system categorizes credits into various classes

designed to take into account the gradations in risk. The risk rating system should be drawn

in a structured manner, incorporating, inter-alia, financial analysis, projections and

sensitivity, industrial and management risks. Banks may use the following parameters for

developing a risk rating system suited for the bank:

A. Financial aspects

1. Quantitative parameters

Page 110: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

129

Financial indicators: Financial indicators is mainly net worth, sales turnover, profits,

and ratios such as liquidity, profitability, gearing, turnover etc.

Historical comparison of the indicators

Inter-firm comparisons

Operational parameters - conduct of account, turnover in the account, etc.

Collaterals

2. Qualitative aspects: Qualitative analysis of financial risks that could

impact the borrowing company’s bottom line such as

Accounting policies

Auditor‘s qualifying remarks, etc.

B. Management aspects: Evaluation of the management of the borrowing

company, such as

Structure & systems,

Its track record,

Honesty and integrity,

The promoters - their expertise, competence & commitment,

Market perception of the company and its promoters, etc

C. Industry aspects such as:

3.6.8.4 The industry and its trends

The trade cycle

Regulatory aspects such as government policies, controls, etc

Competition faced from the peers and the market for the products

Technology levels of the unit vis-à-vis the developments in the country and

abroad

The input profile - raw materials, infrastructure, etc. and their pricing

Products / user characteristics, the alternatives / substitutes available etc

Once the risk rating systems are put in place, the ratings assigned to the borrowers

can be used as critical inputs for setting pricing and non-price terms of loans as also present

meaningful information for review and management of loan portfolio. Within the rating

framework, banks can prescribe certain level of standards or critical parameters, beyond

which no proposals should be entertained. A separate rating framework may also be

Page 111: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

130

developed for large corporates, small borrowers, traders, etc. that exhibit varying nature and

degree of risk.

Internal risk rating systems are thus pivotal to credit risk management. These ratings

serve as important tools in monitoring and controlling credit risk. The rating assigned to

individual borrowers or counterparties at the time the credit is granted must be reviewed on

a periodic basis and individual credits should be assigned a new rating when conditions

improve or deteriorate. The bank‘s risk rating system should be responsive to the indicators

of potential or actual deterioration in credit quality. Advances with deteriorating ratings

should be subject to continuous monitoring. Such internal risk ratings can be used for

continuously evaluating the credit portfolio and determining the necessary changes to the

credit strategy of the bank.

3.6.9 RBI GUIDELINES ON CREDIT RISK RATING

Banks should have a comprehensive risk scoring/rating system that serves as a

single point indicator of diverse risk factors of a counterparty and for taking decision in a

consistent manner.

The risk rating system should be devised to reveal the overall risk of lending

which is the critical input for setting price and non-price terms of loans as also present

meaningful information for review and management of loan portfolio.

Within the rating framework banks should also prescribe certain levels of

standards or critical parameters beyond which no proposals should be entertained. Banks

may also consider separate rating framework for large corporate/small borrowers, etc.

Reserve Bank of India in their notification on risk management system in banks

have outlined the following guidelines in respect of risk rating of a borrower:

a. The overall score for risk is to be placed on numerical scale ranging

between 1 to 6, 1 to 8, etc.

b. Bank should ensure that unhedged market risk exposures of

borrowers (foreign exchange exposure assumed by the corporate who have no natural

hedges) should also be considered in the rating framework.

Page 112: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

131

c. Credit risk assessment should be reviewed biannually and should be

delinked invariably from the regular renewal exercise.

d. In order to ensure consistency and accuracy of internal ratings the

responsibility for setting or confirming such ratings should vest with the loan review

function and examined by an independent loan review group.

e. Bank should undertake comprehensive study on migration of

borrowers in the ratings.

3.6.10 LINKAGES OF CREDIT RISK RATING

Credit risk rating is the pivot around which various functions of credit department is

related. Credit risk rating is linked to the following aspects :-

a. To lend or not: Within the rating framework banks are to decide the rating

beyond which they will not take any additional exposure. Credit risk rating facilitates in

deciding the rating/grade upto which taking up additional exposure can be considered.

b. Pricing: Borrowers with weak financial position and placed under high credit

risk category should be priced high. Banks should evolve scientific systems to price the

credit risk which should have a bearing on the expected probability of default. The pricing

of loans should be linked to risk rating. However, the fact such as value of collateral,

market forces, perceived value of accounts, future business potential and strategic reasons

may also play an important role in pricing.

c. Norms for collateral/margins: The extent of collateral security required and the

need to step up margin requirements are linked to credit risk rating of a borrower. The

higher the risk category the volume of collateral required will be more and the margins

stipulated will be high. Banks may evolve norms on the above aspect related to risk rating

criteria.

d. Product mix guidelines: There is need to gradually shift from the present form

of borrowers availing credit facility by way of Cash Credit limit to term lending in Working

Capital. In case of high credit risk category banks may consider offering demand loan for

shorter duration keeping in view the risk involved. Similarly, for those borrowers with low

credit risk category banks may consider fixing the Line of Credit/pre-sanctioned limits for

disbursal at short notice. Similarly declining CC rate based on the volume of credit that

may be availed by low risk category borrowers may also be considered.

Page 113: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

132

e. Delegation of powers: The delegation of loaning powers may be linked to credit

risk rating of a borrower. The authorities at various levels may apply their expertise in

evaluating exposure to high credit risk category borrowers rather than high volume

borrowers only. Similarly, the delegation of loaning powers should also be linked to the

maturity of loan.

f. Vary the frequency of renewal and follow up process:

Renewal of facility in case of low credit risk category of borrowers can be

considered biannually whereas for high risk rating borrower can be done twice a year or

even at quarterly intervals.

3.6.11 Testing risk rating model

Creating a risk-rating model requires a period of intense testing for a relatively short

period of time. Three of the most important aspects of testing any credit rating system are

the following:

Sensitivity of ratings to real changes in credit quality

Lead time with respect to recognized changes in quality,

Stability of ratings when no change has occurred.

One of the biggest problems for the banks in general is that they are too slow to

recognize real changes. Lowering of rating based on false alarms can also have negative

consequences for a relationship with a borrower. There is a tendency to give the customer

the benefit of doubt and to wait and see if the company can work things out on its own.

Unfortunately, the reluctance to recognize the truth about a borrower can lead to problems

if real deterioration takes place.

3.6.12 Risk Pricing

Risk-return pricing is a fundamental tenet of risk management. In a risk-return

setting, borrowers with weak financial position and hence placed in high credit risk

category should be priced high. Thus, banks should evolve scientific systems to price the

credit risk, which should have a bearing on the expected probability of default. The pricing

of loans normally should be linked to risk rating or credit quality. The probability of default

could be derived from the past behavior of the loan portfolio, which is the function of loan

Page 114: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

133

loss provision/charge offs for the last five years or so. Banks should build historical

database on the portfolio quality and provisioning / charge off to equip themselves to price

the risk. But value of collateral, market forces, perceived value of accounts, future business

potential, portfolio/industry exposure and strategic reasons may also play important role in

pricing. Flexibility should also be made for revising the price (risk-premia) due to changes

in rating / value of collaterals over time. Large sized banks across the world have already

put in place Risk Adjusted Return on Capital (RAROC) framework for pricing of loans,

which calls for data on portfolio behavior and allocation of capital commensurate with

credit risk inherent in loan proposals. Under RAROC framework, lender begins by charging

an interest mark-up to cover the expected loss - expected default rate of the rating category

of the borrower. The lender then allocates enough capital to the prospective loan to cover

some amount of unexpected loss- variability of default rates. Generally, international banks

allocate enough capital so that the expected loan loss reserve or provision plus allocated

capital covers 99% of the loan loss outcomes.

The systems to price credit risk should be scientific and take into account the

expected probability of default. The pricing of loans is normally linked to risk rating or

credit quality. Hence, risk rating, especially in the case of commercial loans, will be the

anchor for pricing loans. However, this may be duly supplemented and supported by other

factors, such as:

Market forces and competition

Portfolio / industry exposure

Value of collateral

Value of account, both short term and long term

Strategic reasons such as additional business potential or threat of loss of

business, etc.

3.6.13 Portfolio Management

The existing framework of tracking the Non Performing Loans around the balance

sheet date does not signal the quality of the entire Loan Book. Banks should evolve proper

systems for identification of credit weaknesses well in advance. Most of international banks

have adopted various portfolio management techniques for gauging asset quality. The

CRMD, set up at Head Office should be assigned the responsibility of periodic monitoring

of the portfolio. The portfolio quality could be evaluated by tracking the migration (upward

or downward) of borrowers from one rating scale to another. This process would be

Page 115: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

134

meaningful only if the borrower-wise ratings are updated at quarterly / half-yearly intervals.

Data on movements within grading categories provide a useful insight into the nature and

composition of loan book.

The banks could also consider the following measures to maintain the portfolio

quality:

1. Stipulate quantitative ceiling on aggregate exposure in specified rating

categories, i.e. certain percentage of total advances should be in the rating category of 1 to

2 or 1 to 3, 2 to 4 or 4 to 5, etc.;

2. Evaluate the rating-wise distribution of borrowers in various industry,

business segments, etc.;

3. Exposure to one industry/sector should be evaluated on the basis of overall

rating distribution of borrowers in the sector/group. In this context, banks should weigh the

pros and cons of specialization and concentration by industry group. In cases where

portfolio exposure to a single industry is badly performing, the banks may increase the

quality nal environment undergoes rapid changes (e.g. volatility in the forex market,

economic sanctions, changes in the fiscal/monetary policies, general slowdown of the

economy, market risk events, extreme liquidity conditions, etc.). The stress tests would

reveal undetected areas of potential credit risk exposure and linkages between different

categories of risk. In adverse circumstances, there may be substantial correlation of various

risks, especially credit and market risks. Stress testing can range from relatively simple

alterations in assumptions about one or more financial, structural or economic variables to

the use of highly sophisticated models. The Board should review the output of such

portfolio-wide stress tests and suitable changes may be made in prudential risk limits for

protecting the quality. Stress tests could also include contingency plans, detailing

management responses to stressful situations.

4. Introduce discriminatory time schedules for renewal of borrower limits.

Lower rated borrowers whose financials show signs of problems should be subjected to

renewal control twice/thrice a year.

Banks should evolve suitable framework for monitoring the market risks especially

forex risk exposure of corporates who have no natural hedges on a regular basis. Banks

should also appoint Portfolio Managers to watch the loan portfolio‘s degree of

concentrations and exposure to counterparties. For comprehensive evaluation of customer

exposure, banks may consider appointing Relationship Managers to ensure that overall

exposure to a single borrower is monitored, captured and controlled. The Relationship

Page 116: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

135

Managers have to work in coordination with the Treasury and Forex Departments. The

Relationship Managers may service mainly high value loans so that a substantial share of

the loan portfolio, which can alter the risk profile, would be under constant surveillance.

Further, transactions with affiliated companies/groups need to be aggregated and

maintained close to real time. The banks should also put in place formalized systems for

identification of accounts showing pronounced credit weaknesses well in advance and also

prepare internal guidelines for such an exercise and set time frame for deciding courses of

action.

Many of the international banks have adopted credit risk models for evaluation of

credit portfolio. The credit risk models offer banks framework for examining credit risk

exposures, across geographical locations and product lines in a timely manner, centralizing

data and analyzing marginal and absolute contributions to risk. The models also provide

estimates of credit risk (unexpected loss), which reflect individual portfolio composition.

The Altman‘s Z Score forecasts the probability of a company entering bankruptcy within a

12-month period. The model combines five financial ratios using reported accounting

information and equity values to produce an objective measure of borrower‘s financial

health. J. P. Morgan has developed a portfolio model ‗CreditMetrics’ for evaluating credit

risk. The model basically focuses on estimating the volatility in the value of assets caused

by variations in the quality of assets. The volatility is computed by tracking the probability

that the borrower might migrate from one rating category to another (downgrade or

upgrade). Thus, the value of loans can change over time, reflecting migration of the

borrowers to a different risk-rating grade. The model can be used for promoting

transparency in credit risk, establishing benchmark for credit risk measurement and

estimating economic capital for credit risk under RAROC framework. Credit Suisse

developed a statistical method for measuring and accounting for credit risk which is known

as CreditRisk+. The model is based on actuarial calculation of expected default rates and

unexpected losses from default.

The banks may evaluate the utility of these models with suitable modifications to

Indian environment for fine-tuning the credit risk management. The success of credit risk

models impinges on time series data on historical loan loss rates and other model variables,

spanning multiple credit cycles. Banks may, therefore, endeavor building adequate database

for switching over to credit risk modeling after a specified period of time.

3.6.14 Loan Review Mechanism (LRM)

Page 117: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

136

LRM is an effective tool for constantly evaluating the quality of loan book and to

bring about qualitative improvements in credit administration. Banks should, therefore, put

in place proper Loan Review Mechanism for large value accounts with responsibilities

assigned in various areas such as, evaluating the effectiveness of loan administration,

maintaining the integrity of credit grading process, assessing the loan loss provision,

portfolio quality, etc. The complexity and scope of LRM normally vary based on banks‘

size, type of operations and management practices. It may be independent of the CRMD or

even separate Department in large banks.

3.6.14.1 The main objectives of LRM could be:

To identify promptly loans which develop credit weaknesses and initiate

timely corrective action;

To evaluate portfolio quality and isolate potential problem areas;

to provide information for determining adequacy of loan loss provision;

To assess the adequacy of and adherence to, loan policies and procedures,

and to monitor compliance with relevant laws and regulations; and

To provide top management with information on credit administration,

including credit sanction process, risk evaluation and post-sanction follow-up.

Accurate and timely credit grading is one of the basic components of an effective

LRM. Credit grading involves assessment of credit quality, identification of problem loans,

and assignment of risk ratings. A proper Credit Grading System should support evaluating

the portfolio quality and establishing loan loss provisions. Given the importance and

subjective nature of credit rating, the credit ratings awarded by Credit Administration

Department should be subjected to review by Loan Review Officers who are independent

of loan administration.

3.6.15 Credit Risk in Off-balance Sheet Exposure

Banks should evolve adequate framework for managing their exposure in off-

balance sheet products like forex forward contracts, swaps, options, etc. as a part of overall

credit to individual customer relationship and subject to the same credit appraisal, limits

and monitoring procedures. Banks should classify their off-balance sheet exposures into

three broad categories - full risk (credit substitutes) - standby letters of credit, money

guarantees, etc, medium risk (not direct credit substitutes, which do not support existing

Page 118: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

137

financial obligations) - bid bonds, letters of credit, indemnities and warranties and low risk

- reverse repos, currency swaps, options, futures, etc.

The trading credit exposure to counterparties can be measured on static (constant

percentage of the notional principal over the life of the transaction) and on a dynamic basis.

The total exposures to the counterparties on a dynamic basis should be the sum total of:

1. The current replacement cost (unrealized loss to the counterparty); and

2. The potential increase in replacement cost (estimated with the help of VaR

or other methods to capture future volatilities in the value of the outstanding contracts/

obligations).

The current and potential credit exposures may be measured on a daily basis to

evaluate the impact of potential changes in market conditions on the value of counterparty

positions. The potential exposures also may be quantified by subjecting the position to

market movements involving normal and abnormal movements in interest rates, foreign

exchange rates, equity prices, liquidity conditions, etc.

3.6.16 Role of Analytical Techniques and MIS in Credit Risk Management

Once having identified the sources and types of credit risk present in the various

activities of the bank, the next and major step is to quantify these risks and analyze them at

both individual and portfolio level. For the purpose, banks need to adopt techniques and

methodologies which should take into account various parameters such as the nature of the

credit, its contractual and financial conditions (interest rate, repayment schedule etc.), its

maturity profile, collateral securities or guarantees held and its internal risk rating and

potential changes during the duration of the loan. Banks should undertake the process of

risk measurement and analysis at appropriate intervals and compare the results with the

prudential limits set by them.

Internationally, banks have adopted different models for evaluation of risk in their

credit portfolio. Use of statistical models to predict credit risk and the resultant loan loss

gained importance and recognition with the development of the Z score equation in 1968

by Edward Altman. This model uses 5 financial ratios to forecast the probability of a

company becoming bankrupt over a time period of thirteen months. Another portfolio

model, „Credit Metrics‟developed by J.P. Morgan, estimates the change in the value of

assets (volatility) caused by variations in their quality. ‗Credit Metrics‘ uses migration

analysis and tracks the probability that the borrower might migrate from one rating

category to the other for computing the volatility. Credit Suisse has developed yet another

Page 119: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

138

statistical model called „Credit Risk+‟ for measuring and accounting credit risk, using

actuarial calculation of expected default rates and unexpected losses from default.

Whatever the model adopted for measuring credit risk, banks need to fine-tune the same to

suit their internal and external environment of credit management.

The major limitation in the designing and implementation of credit risk models in

the Indian context is lack of availability of accurate historical data on loan loss rates. The

infrequent nature of default events and longer time horizons used in measuring credit risk

also contribute to the lack of available database for developing credit risk models. Hence, to

effectively develop and use credit risk models, banks need to build adequate database on all

the model variables over a period of time.

The effectiveness of a bank‘s risk measurement process is highly dependent on the

quality and accuracy of management information systems. The information generated from

such systems enables the top management to evaluate the risks and returns, as also

determine the adequate level of capital that the bank should be holding to cover the risks.

Next to quality and accuracy, timeliness is the most important factor critical to effective

credit risk management. The MIS of the bank should permit the management to quickly and

accurately gauge the credit risk incurred by it and review the results vis-à-vis the bank‘s

credit risk strategy. It is also important that the bank‘s MIS has a triggering mechanism to

indicate exposures approaching prudential limits bring it to the attention of senior

management.

3.6.17 Training

Credit risk management is a complex function and requires specialized skills and

expertise. As the domestic market integrates with the international markets, banks will need

more and more expertise and skills in managing various types of risks in a scientific

manner. The Indian public sector banks have to develop and train their existing human

resources to meet the credit risk management challenges.

Page 120: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

139

Section 3.7:

Interest rate risk management

3.7.1 Introduction 140

3.7.2 The most common target accounts for managing interest rate risk 140

3.7.3 Components of interest rate risk 142

3.7.4 Interest Rate Risk (IIR) management 142

3.7.5 Sources of Interest Rate Risk 144

3.7.6 Type of Interest Rate Risk 146

3.7.7 Supervisory guidelines 147

3.7.8 Interest rate risk measurement techniques 149

3.7.9 Adequate risk management policies and procedures 157

3.7.10 Internal controls 163

3.7.11 Information for supervisory authorities 166

3.7.12 Capital adequacy 167

3.7.13 Disclosure of interest rate risk 167

3.7.14 Supervisory treatment of interest rate risk in the banking book 168

3.7.15 Conclusion 170

Page 121: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

140

3.7.1 Introduction

Interest Rate Risk is the impact on the value of your portfolio/position because of

a movement in interest rates. In other word, one lesser-understood affect of changing

interest rates is how changing rates cause the value of fixed income investments to rise or

fall. This is called "interest rate risk." When interest rates rise, the values of fixed income

investments, like bonds, fall. Conversely, when interest rates fall, the values of bonds rise.

This happens because ultimately the values of bonds are determined in the

marketplace. There are thousands of traders and investors that are constantly buying and

selling bonds. The prices at which they will buy and sell are based on the existing interest

rate environment.

The amount by which the values rise or fall is primarily dependent on the maturity

of the bond. The longer the maturity a bond has, the greater its value will change when

interest rates change. For short-term bonds, like 90 day Treasury Bills, the affect is very

small.

The primary objectives of interest rate risk management are to achieve a target

level of return while maintaining the institution‘s interest rate risk exposures within

prudent bounds. In pursuing these objectives, management should ensure that the risk to

the institution‘s earnings and to its economic value is within prudent bounds over a range

of plausible interest rate environments. The objective is not to eliminate interest rate risk,

but rather to maintain risk exposures at levels that are prudent and acceptable to the

institution‘s board of directors. The risk and return objectives of a Bank should be

consistent with the housing finance and community investment mission and consistent

with the safety and soundness objectives of remaining adequately capitalized, liquid, and

able to raise funds in the capital markets.

3.7.2 The most common target accounts for managing interest rate risk

At financial institutions, interest rate risk is generally managed with respect to an

institution‘s earnings or economic capital, or both. With respect to earnings, net interest

income is the most common target account (i.e., the focal point of management) for

Page 122: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

141

measuring, managing, and controlling interest rate risk.54

With respect to capital, the two

most common targets are net portfolio value55

and the economic capital ratio.56

When net interest income is the target account, the risk management objective is to

maintain net interest earnings within an acceptable range over a specified time horizon.

The time horizon over which interest rate risk is managed is typically relatively short --

usually three to 12 months. For example, the management objective may be to ensure that

net interest income will remain within certain parameters -- or not fall below pre-specified

levels -- during the next three months over a range of hypothetical interest rate scenarios.

When net portfolio value is the focus, a common objective is to keep the

institution‘s net portfolio value from falling below pre-specified limits over a range of

interest rate scenarios. For example, the objective may be to ensure that net portfolio

value does not fall by more than 5 percent over a range of scenarios.

From a safety and soundness perspective, however, a more relevant objective is to

ensure that the institution‘s economic capital ratio does not fall below a pre- specified

level over a range of pre-determined interest rate scenarios. The advantages of using the

economic capital ratio to limit interest rate risk are:

1. It is an unambiguous means of communicating an institution‘s tolerance

for risk;

2. It represents a ―floor‖ that does not have to be linked to a specific time

horizon; and

3. It addresses the loss to economic value from all key risk factors – parallel

rate shocks, non-parallel rate shock, prepayment risk, and so forth. Moreover, the focus on

economic capital is consistent with the goal of maximizing risk-adjusted returns to

shareholders over the long run. By focusing on economic value and the economic capital

ratio, management is less likely to inadvertently sacrifice long-term economic earnings in

pursuit of short-term gains.

54

No institution can concurrently eliminate or minimize the risk to both earnings and net portfolio value. Specifically, a reduction in the

volatility of net interest income will result in an increase in the volatility of net portfolio value and vice versa. An institution‘s net cash flows can be modified to become less sensitive to interest rates or more sensitive to interest rates. If the pattern of net cash flows is

modified so as to become more stable, its market value of equity will behave more like a fixed rate bond, that is, when interest rates rise

the value of the bond will fall and vice versa. On the other hand, if the pattern of net cash flows (i.e., earnings) is modified so as to move in lockstep with changes in interest rates its market value of equity will behave more like an adjustable rate bond, that is, when interest

rates rise or fall the value of the bond will remain at or close to par. 55 Net portfolio value represents the underlying net economic value (or net present value) of an institution's portfolio of assets and liabilities, including any off-balance sheet items. Net portfolio value is defined as the present value of assets less the present value of

liabilities plus the net present value of any off-balance sheet contracts. In contrast to the GAAP-based shareholders‘ equity account, net

portfolio value represents the shareholders‘ equity account expressed in present value terms. 56 The economic capital ratio is simply the economic value of an institution‘s equity base (net portfolio value) divided by the economic

value of assets (market value of assets). Market value of assets includes the net market value of off-balance sheet contracts.

Page 123: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

142

3.7.3. Components of interest rate risk

As described above Interest rate risk (IRR) is defined as the change in a bank's

portfolio value due to interest rate fluctuations. Taking on IRR is a key part of what banks

do; but taking on excessive IRR could threaten a bank's earnings and its capital base,

raising concerns for bank supervisors. In practice, IRR management systems have been

developed to measure and control such risk exposures, both in the trading book (i.e.,

assets that are relatively liquid and regularly traded) and in the banking book (i.e., assets,

such as loans, that are much less actively traded).

IRR can be roughly decomposed into four categories: re-pricing risk, yield curve

risk, basis risk, and optionality (see Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS)

2003). Re-pricing risk refers to fluctuations in interest rate levels that have differing

impacts on bank assets and liabilities; for example, a portfolio of long-term, fixed-rate

loans funded with short-term deposits (i.e., a case of duration mismatch) could

significantly decrease in value when rates increase, since the loan payments are fixed (and

funding costs have increased). Yield curve risk refers to changes in portfolio values

caused by unanticipated shifts in the slope and shape of the yield curve; for example,

short-term rates might rise faster than long-term rates, clearly affecting the profitability of

funding long-term loans with short-term deposits. Basis risk refers to the imperfect

correlation between index rates across different interest rate markets for similar maturities

for example; a bank funding loans whose payments are based on U.S. Treasury rates with

deposits based on Libor rates is exposed to the risk of unexpected changes in the spread

between these index rates. Finally, optionality refers to risks arising from interest rate

options embedded in a bank assets, liabilities, and off-balance-sheet positions. Such

options can be explicitly purchased from established markets for interest rate derivatives

or included as a term within a loan contract, such as the prepayment option included in

residential mortgages.

3.7.4 Interest Rate Risk (IIR) management

Banks have access to a wide array of financial tools for managing their IRR, such

as standard asset-liability management procedures and interest rate derivatives. Banks

commonly use one of two approaches when assessing aggregate IRR exposures across

their various business lines and portfolios—the traditional earnings approach and the more

Page 124: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

143

challenging economic value approach. The earnings approach focuses on how interest rate

changes affect a bank's overall earnings, which are typically measured as net interest

income (the difference between total interest income and total interest expenses). Broader

measures that include non-interest income, such as revenue from mortgage servicing

activities, and expenses have become common, however. The main point of this approach

is to examine earnings sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations of different sizes.

The economic value approach takes a broader perspective on IRR management by

focusing on how interest rate changes affect total expected net cash flows from all of a

bank's operations. Thus, this approach examines expected cash flows from assets minus

expected payments on liabilities plus the expected net cash flows from off-balance-sheet

positions, such as fees charged for borrower credit lines. This approach is more

challenging to conduct since, at a minimum, it requires collecting and aggregating more

data; at the same time, it provides greater insight into a bank's aggregate IRR exposure.

In addition to such aggregate IRR management approaches, banks use more

focused IRR measurement techniques for derivatives and other instruments with

especially complex risk profiles, such as mortgage-backed securities. While the aggregate

approaches typically involve making judgmental adjustments to interest rates and tracking

their impact across the bank, the focused techniques explicitly use mathematical models

of interest rate dynamics for various index rates and their yield curves. For example, many

possible future interest rate paths are generated and used to examine the potential effects

of interest rate changes on portfolio values, investment returns, and cash flows from

different assets. Since the models can examine the components of interest rate risk

separately, risk managers use them to gauge and control their portfolios' exposures to a

broader range of interest rate fluctuations. In theory, the more sophisticated IRR

management techniques could be applied to the bank as a whole. Important developments

in this direction have been made, but several important challenges still remain, especially

in aggregating IRR exposures across business lines.

A key advantage of these mathematical IRR management techniques is that they

provide a consistent framework for analyzing a wide variety of possible interest rate

scenarios. For example, banks can consider multiple scenarios accounting for changes in

the general level of interest rates and changes in the relationships among interest rates.

However, since models are just simplifications of actual phenomena, prudent IRR

management requires considering extreme scenarios that might not be within a given

model's structure. This practice is commonly called stress testing, since the underlying

Page 125: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

144

model and IRR management system are "stressed" by examining uncommon, although

plausible, scenarios. Common stress scenarios include abrupt changes in the general level

of interest rates (i.e., re-pricing risk), changes in the relationships among key market rates

(i.e., basis risk), changes in the slope and shape of the yield curve (i.e., yield curve risk),

changes in the liquidity of key financial markets, and changes in the volatility of market

rates. Optionality risks typically are affected by all of these scenarios.

3.7.5. Sources of Interest Rate Risk

The adequacy of a bank's IRR management system depends on its ability to

identify and effectively capture all material activities and products that expose the bank to

interest rate risk and then measure the specific risks presented. A review of the following

items will allow examiners to identify material bank exposures and the type of risks

presented.

Interest Rate Risk Standards Analysis (IRRSA),

Bank interest rate risk analysis, and independent review findings,

Related bank policies and procedures,

Balance sheet and account data,

Strategic and business plans,

Product pricing guidelines,

Hedging or derivative activity, and

Current and prior related examination findings.

Funding sources

Funding sources may create re-pricing risk, basis risk, yield curve risk, or option

risk. Examiners should evaluate the fundamental relationship between funding sources

and asset structure. Potentially volatile or market-based funding sources may increase

interest rate risk, especially when matched to a longer-term asset portfolio. For example,

fixed-rate mortgages funded by purchased National funds create re-pricing risk. Funding

costs may increase substantially, while asset yields remain fixed.

Non-maturity deposits

Non-maturity deposits may mitigate some interest rate risk. Non-maturity deposit

funding costs generally demonstrate less volatility than market interest rates. As a result,

high non-maturity deposit volumes may actually reduce re-pricing risk and moderate

Page 126: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

145

overall IRR. However, significant interest rate or economic changes can rapidly alter

customers' non-maturity deposit behavior.

Non-maturity deposit assumptions are crucial components of any interest rate risk

measurement system and require careful review and analysis. Those assumptions should

be reasonable and well supported.

Off-balance sheet derivatives

Off-balance sheet derivatives may introduce complex interest rate risk exposures.

Depending on the specific instrument, derivatives may create re-pricing, basis, yield

curve, option, or price risk.

Mortgage banking operations

Mortgage banking operations create price risk within the loan pipeline, held-for-

sale portfolio, and mortgage servicing rights portfolio. Interest rate changes affect not

only current values, but also determine future business volume and related fee income.

Fee income businesses

Fee incomes businesses may be contain IRR; particularly mortgage banking, trust,

credit card servicing, and non-deposit investment sales. Changing interest rates may

dramatically affect such activities.

Product pricing strategies

Product pricing strategies may introduce IRR, particularly basis risk or yield curve

risk. If funding sources and assets are linked to different market indices, then basis risk

exists. If funding sources and assets are linked to similar indices with different maturities,

then yield curve risk exists.

Embedded options

Embedded options associated with assets and liabilities, and off-balance sheet

derivatives can create interest rate risk. Embedded options include any feature that can

alter an instrument's cash flows when interest rates change. Many instruments contain

various embedded options, including:

Non-maturity deposits,

Callable bonds,

Structured notes,

Derivatives,

Mortgage loans, and

Mortgage-backed securities (MBS).

Page 127: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

146

Mortgage loans and MBSs contain prepayment options. Borrowers may prepay

loan principal at any time, which alters the mortgages' cash flows and creates material

interest rate risk considerations.

3.7.6. Type of Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the exposure of a bank's current or future earnings and

capital to adverse interest rate changes. Interest rate fluctuations affect earnings by

changing net interest income and other interest-sensitive income and expense levels.

Interest rate changes affect capital by changing the net present value of a bank's future

cash flows, and the cash flows themselves, as rates change. Accepting this risk is a normal

part of banking and can be an important source of profitability and shareholder value.

However, excessive interest rate risk can threaten banks' earnings, capital, liquidity, and

solvency. As the above, interest rate risk has many components, including re-pricing risk,

basis risk; yield curve risk, option risk, and price risk which, each one can be describe as

fellow:

Re-pricing risk

Re-pricing risk results from timing differences between coupon changes or cash

flows from assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments. For example, long-term

fixed-rate securities funded by short-term deposits may create re-pricing risk. If interest

rates change, then deposit-funding costs will change more quickly than the yield on the

securities. Likewise, the present value of the securities (i.e., their market price) will

change more than the value of the deposits, thereby affecting the value of capital.

Basis risk

Basis risk results from weak correlation between coupon rate changes for assets,

liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments. For example, LIBOR-based deposit rates

may change by 50 basis points, while Prime-based loan, rates may only change by 25

basis points during the same period.

Yield curve risk

Yield curve risk results from changing rate relationships between different

maturities of the same index. For example, a 30-year Treasury bond's yield may change

by 200 basis points, but a three-year Treasury note's yield may change by only 50 basis

points during the same time period.

Option risk

Page 128: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

147

Option risk results when a financial instrument's cash flow timing or amount can

change because of market interest rate changes. This can adversely affect earnings by

reducing asset yields or increasing funding costs, and it may reduce the net present value

of expected cash flows.

For example, assume that a bank purchased a callable bond, issued when market

interest rates were 10 percent that pays a 10 percent coupon and matures in 30 years. If

market rates decline to eight percent, the bond's issuer will call the bond (new debt will be

less costly). [17]

At call, the issuer effectively repurchases the bond from the bank. As a result, the

bank will not receive the cash flows that it originally expected (10 percent for 30 years).

Instead, the bank must invest that principal at the new, lower market rate.

Examples of instruments with embedded options include various types of bonds

and notes with call or put provisions, loans which give borrowers the right to prepay

balances, and various types of non-maturity deposit instruments which give depositors the

right to withdraw funds at any time, often without penalty.

Price risk

Price risk results from changes in the value of marked-to-market financial

instruments that occur when interest rates change.

For example, trading portfolios, held-for-sale loan portfolios, and mortgage

servicing assets contain price risk. When interest rates decrease, mortgage servicing asset

values generally decrease. Since those assets are marked-to-market, any value loss must

be reflected in current earnings.

3.7.7 Supervisory guidelines

Regarding to general principles on IRR management issued by BCBS, the

principles intended to be used in the supervisory evaluation of the adequacy and

effectiveness of bank IRR management systems and in developing supervisory responses

to these systems. The principles are based on the current IRR management practices of

large international banks and are intended for IRR exposures arising from trading and

book activities.

The principles advocate that banks have in place comprehensive management

systems that measure and control IRR exposures effectively. The systems must be subject

to appropriate board of directors and senior management oversight. Specifically with

Page 129: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

148

respect to supervisors, the principles advocate that banks' own IRR management systems

should, whenever possible, form the basis of supervisors' measurement of and response to

their interest rate sensitivity. The BCBS principles can be grouped into four categories:

IRR management oversight issues, issues related to adequate bank policies and

procedures, issues specific to IRR monitoring and control, and specific supervisory issues.

With respect to management oversight issues, the principles state that a bank's

board of directors should approve IRR strategies and policies and ensure that senior

management effectively monitors, communicates, and controls these risks. Furthermore,

risk managers within the IRR management system must be independent from the risk-

taking functions of the bank in order to avoid potential conflicts of interest. Risk managers

also should be able to report IRR exposures directly to senior management and the board

of directors.

Senior management must ensure that a bank's IRR policies and procedures are

clearly defined and consistent with the nature and complexity of the bank's activities. For

example, senior management could articulate its risk tolerance, both for the bank as a

whole and for the disaggregated business units, by crafting policy statements identifying

specific interest rate instruments and activities that are permissible. When proposing new

interest rate products or activities, management should work to identify the inherent risks

clearly and ensure that adequate procedures and controls are in place before introducing

them.

With respect to IRR monitoring and control issues, banks must capture all material

IRR exposures, whether in their trading or banking books, within their management

systems. Operating limits and related practices for keeping IRR exposures within levels

consistent with internal policies must be clearly established and enforced. Furthermore, all

IRR modeling assumptions and parameters must be well documented and updated with

reasonable frequency. Stress-testing should be regularly used to assess the bank's interest

rate sensitivity and examine the appropriateness of key modeling assumptions. Stress-test

results must be considered when establishing and reviewing IRR policies and procedures.

A bank must have adequate information systems for reporting accurate IRR exposure

information on a timely basis to its board of directors and senior management. Finally,

effective IRR management systems require regular evaluations by independent auditors,

whether internal or external.

With respect to supervisory issues, the BCBS principles address four main

concerns. First, since banks' own systems are to form the basis of supervisory oversight of

Page 130: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

149

IRR management, supervisors should receive sufficient and timely information with

which to evaluate bank's IRR systems. For example, supervisors should have ready access

to information on the range of maturities and currencies in bank portfolios, including off-

balance-sheet items. Information contained in internal management reports, such as

earnings and economic value estimates, and the results of stress tests would be useful.

Second, banks should disclose publicly information on their aggregate IRR exposures and

their policies for managing them. The BCBS has issued recommendations for the public

disclosure of information on IRR as part of the overall review of the Basel Accord (Lopez

2003).

Third, to facilitate supervisory monitoring of IRR exposures across institutions,

banks should try to use standardized rate changes to provide the results of their internal

measurement systems, expressed in terms of changes to economic value. According to the

BCBS guidelines, these rate changes should in principle be determined by banks but

based on the recommended criteria. For example, for IRR exposures in G-10 currencies,

either banks should consider a parallel rate change of ±200 basis points or the changes

implied by the 1st and 99th percentiles of historically observed interest rate changes over

at least five years. Fourth, senior management and boards of directors should periodically

review both the design and the results of their stress tests. Supervisors will continue to

expect institutions to examine multiple scenarios in evaluating the appropriate level of

their IRR exposures.

If supervisors determine that a bank's management system does not capture its IRR

exposures fully, the bank would be required to bring its system up to the appropriate

supervisory standards. If supervisors determine that a bank is not holding sufficient capital

for its level of IRR exposure, especially in the banking book, remedial action should be

considered, requiring the bank to reduce its risk or to set aside additional capital or a

combination of the two, depending on the situation.

3.7.8 Interest rate risk measurement techniques

This section provides a brief overview of the various techniques used by banks to

measure the exposure of earnings and of economic value to changes in interest rates. The

variety of the techniques ranges from calculations that rely on simple maturity and re-

pricing tables, to static simulations based on current on- and off-balance sheet positions,

to highly sophisticate dynamic modeling techniques that incorporate assumptions about

the behavior of the bank and its customers in response to changes in the interest rate

Page 131: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

150

environment. Some of these general approaches can be used to measure interest rate risk

exposure from both an earnings and an economic value perspective, while others are more

typically associated with only one of these two perspectives. In addition, the methods vary

in their ability to capture the different forms of interest rate exposure: the simplest

methods are intended primarily to capture the risks arising from maturity and re-pricing

mismatches, while the more sophisticated methods can more easily capture the full range

of risk exposures.

As this discussion suggests, the various measurement approaches described below

have their strengths and weaknesses in terms of providing accurate and reasonable

measures of interest rate risk exposure. Ideally, a bank's interest rate risk measurement

system would take into account the specific characteristics of each individual interest

sensitive position, and would capture in detail the full range of potential movements in

interest rates. In practice, however, measurement systems embody simplifications that

move away from this ideal. For instance, in some approaches, positions may be

aggregated into broad categories, rather than modeled separately, introducing a degree of

measurement error into the estimation of their interest rate sensitivity. Similarly, the

nature of interest rate movements that each approach can incorporate may be limited: in

some cases, only a parallel shift of the yield curve may be assumed or less than perfect

correlations between interest rates may not be taken into account. Finally, the various

approaches differ in their ability to capture the optionality inherent in many positions and

instruments. The discussion in the following sections will highlight the areas of

simplification that typically characterize each of the major interest rate risk measurement

techniques.

A. Re-pricing Schedules

The simplest techniques for measuring a bank's interest rate risk exposure begin

with a maturity/re-pricing schedule that distributes interest-sensitive assets, liabilities and

off balance sheet positions into a certain number of predefined time bands according to

their maturity (if fixed rate) or time remaining to their next re-pricing (if floating rate).

Those assets and liabilities lacking definitive re-pricing intervals (e.g. sight deposits or

savings accounts) or actual maturities that could vary from contractual maturities (e.g.

Page 132: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

151

mortgages with an option for early repayment) are assigned to re-pricing time bands

according to the judgment and past experience of the bank.

Gap analysis: Simple maturity/re-pricing schedules can be used to generate simple

indicators of the interest rate risk sensitivity of both earnings and economic value to

changing interest rates. When this approach is used to assess the interest rate risk of

current earnings, it is typically referred to as gap analysis. Gap analysis was one of the

first methods developed to measure a bank's interest rate risk exposure, and continues to

be widely used by banks. To evaluate earnings exposure, interest rate sensitive liabilities

in each time band are subtracted from the corresponding interest rate sensitive assets to

produce a re-pricing "gap" for that time band. This gap can be multiplied by an assumed

change in interest rates to yield an approximation of the change in net interest income that

would result from such an interest rate movement. The size of the interest rate movement

used in the analysis can be based on a variety of factors, including historical experience,

simulation of potential future interest rate movements, and the judgment of bank

management.

A negative, or liability-sensitive, gap occurs when liabilities exceed assets

(including off-balance sheet positions) in a given time band. This means that an increase

in market interest rates could cause a decline in net interest income. Conversely, a

positive, or asset sensitive, gap implies that the bank's net interest income could decline

because of a decrease in the level of interest rates.

These simple gap calculations can be augmented by information on the average

coupon on assets and liabilities in each time band. This information can be used to place

the results of the gap calculations in context. For instance, information on the average

coupon rate could be used to calculate estimates of the level of net interest income arising

from positions maturing or re-pricing within a given time band, which would then provide

a "scale" to assess the changes in income implied by the gap analysis.

Although gap analysis is a very commonly used approach to assessing interest rate

risk exposure, it has a number of shortcomings. First, gap analysis does not take account

of variation in the characteristics of different positions within a time band. In particular,

all positions within a given time band are assumed to mature or re-price simultaneously, a

simplification that is likely to have greater impact on the precision of the estimates as the

degree of aggregation within a time band increases. Moreover, gap analysis ignores

differences in spreads between interest rates that could arise as the level of market interest

Page 133: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

152

rates changes (basis risk). In addition, it does not take into account any changes in the

timing of payments that might occur because of changes in the interest rate environment.

Thus, it fails to account for differences in the sensitivity of income that may arise from

option-related positions. For these reasons, gap analysis provides only a rough

approximation to the actual change in net interest income, which would result from the

chosen change in the pattern of interest rates. Finally, most gap analyses fail to capture

variability in non-interest revenue and expenses, a potentially important source of risk to

current income.

Duration: A maturity/re-pricing schedule can also be used to evaluate the effects

of changing interest rates on a bank's economic value by applying sensitivity weights to

each time band. Typically, such weights are based on estimates of the duration of the

assets and liabilities that fall into each time band. Duration is a measure of the percent

change in the economic value of a position that will occur given a small change in the

level of interest rates.57

It reflects the timing and size of cash flows that occur before the

instrument's contractual maturity. Generally, the longer the maturity or next re-pricing

dates of the instrument and the smaller the payments that occur before maturity (e.g.

coupon payments), the higher the duration (in absolute value). Higher duration implies

that a given change in the level of interest rates will have a larger impact on economic

value.

Duration-based weights can be used in combination with a maturity/re-pricing

schedule to provide a rough approximation of the change in a bank's economic value that

would occur given a particular change in the level of market interest rates. Specifically, an

"average" duration is assumed for the positions that fall into each time band. The average

durations are then multiplied by an assumed change in interest rates to construct a weight

for each time band. In some cases, different weights are used for different positions that

fall within a time band, reflecting broad differences in the coupon rates and maturities (for

57

In its simplest form, duration measures changes in economic value resulting from a percentage change of interest rates

under the simplifying assumptions that changes in value are proportional to changes in the level of interest rates and that the timing of payments is fixed. Two important modifications of simple duration are commonly used that relax one or both of these assumptions. The first case is so-called modified duration. Modified duration - which is standard duration divided by 1 + r, where r is the level of market interest rates - is elasticity. As such, it reflects the percentage change in the economic value of the instrument for a given percentage change in 1 + r. As with simple duration, it assumes a linear relationship between percentage changes in value and percentage changes in interest rates. The second form of duration relaxes this assumption, as well as the assumption that the timing of payments is fixed. Effective duration is the percentage change in the price of the relevant instrument for a basis point change in yield.

Page 134: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

153

instance, one weight for assets, and another for liabilities). In addition, different interest

rate changes are sometimes used for different time bands, generally to reflect differences

in the volatility of interest rates along the yield curve. The weighted gaps are aggregated

across time bands to produce an estimate of the change in economic value of the bank that

would result from the assumed changes in interest rates.

Alternatively, an institution could estimate the effect of changing market rates by

calculating the precise duration of each asset, liability and off-balance sheet position and

then deriving the net position for the bank based on these more accurate measures, rather

than by applying an estimated average duration weight to all positions in a given time

band. This would eliminate potential errors occurring when aggregating positions/cash

flows. As another variation, risk weights could also be designed for each time band based

on actual percent changes in market values of hypothetical instruments that would result

from a specific scenario of changing market rates. That approach - which is sometimes

referred to as effective duration - would better capture the non-linearity of price

movements arising from significant changes in market interest rates and, thereby, would

avoid an important limitation of duration.

Estimates derived from a standard duration approach may provide an acceptable

approximation of a bank's exposure to changes in economic value for relatively non-

complex banks. Such estimates, however, generally focus on just one form of interest rate

risk exposure – re-pricing risk. As a result, they may not reflect interest rate risk arising –

for instance - from changes in the relationship among interest rates within a time band

(basis risk). In addition, because such approaches typically use an average duration for

each time band, the estimates will not reflect differences in the actual sensitivity of

positions that can arise from differences in coupon rates and the timing of payments.

Finally, the simplifying assumptions that underlie the calculation of standard duration

mean that the risk of options may not be well captured.

B. Simulation Approaches

Many banks (especially those using complex financial instruments or otherwise

having complex risk profiles) employ more sophisticated interest rate risk measurement

systems than those based on simple maturity/re-pricing schedules. These simulation

techniques typically involve detailed assessments of the potential effects of changes in

interest rates on earnings and economic value by simulating the future path of interest

rates and their impact on cash flows.

Page 135: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

154

In some sense, simulation techniques can be seen as an extension and refinement

of the simple analysis based on maturity/re-pricing schedules. However, simulation

approaches typically involve a more detailed breakdown of various categories of on- and

off balance sheet positions, so that specific assumptions about the interest and principal

payments and non-interest income and expense arising from each type of position can be

incorporated. In addition, simulation techniques can incorporate more varied and refined

changes in the interest rate environment, ranging from changes in the slope and shape of

the yield curve to interest rate scenarios derived from Monte Carlo simulations.

Static simulations: the cash flows arising solely from the bank's current on- and

off-balance sheet positions are assessed. For assessing the exposure of earnings,

simulations estimating the cash flows and resulting earnings streams over a specific

period are conducted based on one or more assumed interest rate scenarios. Typically,

these simulations not always entail relatively straightforward shifts or tilts of the yield

curve, or changes of spreads between different interest rates. When the resulting cash

flows are simulated over the entire expected lives of the bank's holdings and discounted

back to their present values, an estimate of the change in the bank's economic value can

be calculated58

.

Dynamic simulation approach: the simulation builds in more detailed

assumptions about the future course of interest rates and the expected changes in a bank's

business activity over that time. For instance, the simulation could involve assumptions

about a bank's strategy for changing administered interest rates (on savings deposits, for

example), about the behavior of the bank's customers (e.g. withdrawals from sight and

savings deposits) and/or about the future stream of business (new loans or other

transactions) that the bank will encounter. Such simulations use these assumptions about

future activities and reinvestment strategies to project expected cash flows and estimate

dynamic earnings and economic value outcomes. These more sophisticated techniques

allow for dynamic interaction of payments stream and interest rates, and better capture the

effect of embedded or explicit options.

As with other approaches, the usefulness of simulation-based interest rate risk

measurement techniques depends on the validity of the underlying assumptions and the

accuracy of the basic methodology. The output of sophisticated simulations must be

assessed largely in the light of the validity of the simulation's assumptions about future

58

The duration analysis described in the previous section can be viewed as a very simple form of static simulation.

Page 136: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

155

interest rates and the behavior of the bank and its customers. One of the primary concerns

that arise is that such simulations do not become ―black boxes‖ that lead to false

confidence in the precision of the estimates.

C. Additional Issues

One of the most difficult tasks when measuring interest rate risk is how to deal

with those positions where behavioral maturity differs from contractual maturity (or

where there is no stated contractual maturity). On the asset side of the balance sheet, such

positions may include mortgages and mortgage-related securities, which can be subject to

prepayment. In some countries, borrowers have the discretion to prepay their mortgages

with little or no penalty, a situation that creates uncertainty about the timing of the cash

flows associated with these instruments. Although there is always some volatility in

prepayments resulting from demographic factors (such as death, divorce, or job transfers)

and macroeconomic conditions, most of the uncertainty surrounding prepayments arises

from the response of borrowers to movements in interest rates. In general, declines in

interest rates result in increasing levels of prepayments, as borrowers refinance their loans

at lower yields. In contrast, when interest rates rise unexpectedly, prepayment rates tend

to slow, leaving the bank with a larger than anticipated volume of mortgages paying

below current market rates.

On the liability side, such positions include so-called non-maturity deposits such

as sight deposits and savings deposits, which can be withdrawn, often without penalty, at

the discretion of the depositor. The treatment of such deposits is further complicated by

the fact that the rates received by depositors tend not to move in close correlation with

changes in the general level of market interest rates. In fact, banks can and do administer

the rates on the accounts with the specific intention of managing the volume of deposits

retained.

The treatment of positions with embedded options is an issue of special concern in

measuring the exposure of both current earnings and economic value to interest rate

changes. In addition, the issue arises across the full spectrum of approaches to interest rate

measurement, from simple gap analysis to the most sophisticated simulation techniques.

In the maturity/re-pricing schedule framework, banks typically make assumptions about

the likely timing of payments and withdrawals on these positions and ―spread‖ the

balances across time bands accordingly. For instance, it might be assumed that certain

percentages of a pool of 30-year mortgages prepay in given years during the life of the

mortgages. As a result, a large share of the mortgage balances that would have been

Page 137: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

156

assigned to the time band containing 30-year instruments would be spread among nearer

term time bands. In the simulation framework, more sophisticated behavioral assumptions

could be employed, such as the use of option-adjusted pricing models to better estimate

the timing and magnitude of cash flows under different interest rate environments. In

addition, the simulations can incorporate the bank's assumptions about its likely future

treatment of administered interest rates on non-maturity deposits.

As with other elements of interest rate risk measurement, the quality of the

estimates of interest rate risk exposure depends on the quality of the assumptions about

the future cash flows on the positions with uncertain maturities. Banks typically look to

the past behavior of such positions for guidance about these assumptions. For instance,

econometric or statistical analysis can be used to analyze the behavior of a bank's holdings

in response to past interest rate movements. Such analysis is particularly useful to assess

the likely behavior of non-maturity deposits, which can be influenced by bank-specific

factors such as the nature of the bank's customers and local or regional market conditions.

In the same vein, banks may use statistical prepayment models - either models developed

internally by the bank or models purchased from outside developers - to generate

expectations about mortgage-related cash flows. Finally, input from managerial and

business units within the bank could have an important influence, since these areas may

be aware of planned changes to business or re-pricing strategies that could affect the

behavior of the future cash flows of positions with uncertain maturities.

D. Sound interest rate risk management practices

Sound interest rate risk management involves the application of four basic

elements in the management of assets, liabilities and off-balance-sheet instruments:

Appropriate board and senior management oversight;

Adequate risk management policies and procedures;

Appropriate risk measurement, monitoring and control functions; and

Comprehensive internal controls and independent audits.

The specific manner in which a bank applies these elements in managing its

interest rate risk will depend upon the complexity and nature of its holdings and activities

as well as on the level of interest rate risk exposure. What constitutes adequate interest

rate risk management practices can therefore vary considerably. For example, less

Page 138: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

157

complex banks whose senior managers are actively involved in the details of day-to-day

operations may be able to rely on relatively basic interest rate risk management processes.

However, other organizations that have more complex and wide-ranging activities are

likely to require more elaborate and formal interest rate risk management processes, to

address their broad range of financial activities and to provide senior management with

the information they need to monitor and direct day-to-day activities. Moreover, the more

complex interest rate risk management processes employed at such banks require

adequate internal controls that include audits or other appropriate oversight mechanisms

to ensure the integrity of the information used by senior officials in overseeing

compliance with policies and limits. The duties of the individuals involved in the risk

measurement, monitoring and control functions must be sufficiently separate and

independent from the business decision makers and position takers to ensure the

avoidance of conflicts of interest.

As with other risk factor categories, the Committee believes that interest rate risk

should be monitored on a consolidated, comprehensive basis, to include interest rate

exposures in subsidiaries. At the same time, however, institutions should fully recognize

any legal distinctions and possible obstacles to cash flow movements among affiliates and

adjust their risk management process accordingly. While consolidation may provide a

comprehensive measure in respect of interest rate risk, it may also underestimate risk

when positions in one affiliate are used to offset positions in another affiliate. This is

because a conventional accounting consolidation may allow theoretical offsets between

such positions from which a bank may not be able to benefit in practice, because of legal

or operational constraints. Management should recognize the potential for consolidated

measures to understate risks in such circumstances.

3.7.9 Adequate risk management policies and procedures

Banks should have clearly defined policies and procedures for limiting and

controlling interest rate risk. These policies should be applied on a consolidated basis and,

as appropriate, at specific affiliates or other units of the bank. Such policies and

procedures should delineate lines of responsibility and accountability over interest rate

risk management decisions and should clearly define authorized instruments, hedging

strategies and position taking opportunities. Interest rate risk policies should also identify

Page 139: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

158

quantitative parameters that define the level of interest rate risk acceptable for the bank.

Where appropriate, such limits should be further specified for certain types of

instruments, portfolios, and activities. All interest rate risk policies should be reviewed

periodically and revised as needed. Management should define the specific procedures

and approvals necessary for exceptions to policies, limits and authorizations.59

A policy statement identifying the types of instruments and activities that the bank

may employ or conduct is one means whereby management can communicate their

tolerance of risk on a consolidated basis and at different legal entities. If such a statement

is prepared, it should clearly identify permissible instruments, either specifically or by

their characteristics, and should describe the purposes or objectives for which they may be

used. The statement should also delineate a clear set of institutional procedures for

acquiring specific instruments, managing portfolios, and controlling the bank's aggregate

interest rate risk exposure.

Products and activities that are new to the bank should undergo a careful

reacquisition review to ensure that the bank understands their interest rate risk

characteristics and can incorporate them into its risk management process. When

analyzing whether or not a product or activity introduces a new element of interest rate

risk exposure, the bank should be aware that changes to an instrument's maturity,

repricing or repayment terms can materially affect the product's interest rate risk

characteristics. To take a simple example, a decision to buy and hold a 30 year treasury

bond would represent a significantly different interest rate risk strategy for a bank that had

previously limited its investment maturities to less than 3 years. Similarly, a bank

specializing in fixed-rate short-term commercial loans that then engages in residential

fixed-rate mortgage lending should be aware of the optionality features of the risk

embedded in many mortgage products that allow the borrower to prepay the loan at any

time with little, if any, penalty.60

59 Principle 4: It is essential that banks' interest rate risk policies and procedures are clearly defined and consistent with the nature and complexity of their activities. These policies should be applied on a consolidated basis and, as appropriate, at the level of individual

affiliates, specially when recognizing legal distinctions and possible obstacles to cash movements among affiliates.

60 Principle 5: It is important that banks identify the interest rate risks inherent in new products and activities and ensure these are

subject to adequate procedures and controls before being introduced or undertaken. Major hedging or risk management initiatives should be approved in advance by the board or its appropriate delegated committee.

Page 140: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

159

Prior to introducing a new product, hedging, or position-taking strategy,

management should ensure that adequate operational procedures and risk control systems

are in place. The board or its appropriate delegated committee should also approve major

hedging or risk management initiatives in advance of their implementation. Proposals to

undertake new instruments or new strategies should contain these features:

A description of the relevant product or strategy;

An identification of the resources required to establish sound and effective

interest rate risk management of the product or activity;

An analysis of the reasonableness of the proposed activities in relation to the

bank's overall financial condition and capital levels; and

The procedures to be used to measuring, monitoring, and controlling the risks

of the proposed product or activity.

In general, but depending on the complexity and range of activities of the

individual bank, banks should have interest rate risk measurement systems that assess the

effects of rate changes on both earnings and economic value. These systems should

provide meaningful measures of a bank's current levels of interest rate risk exposure, and

should be capable of identifying any excessive exposures that might arise.

Measurement systems should:

Assess all material interest rate risk associated with a bank's assets, liabilities,

and OBS positions;

Utilize generally accepted financial concepts and risk measurement techniques;

and

Should have well documented assumptions and parameters.

As a rule, it is desirable for any measurement system to incorporate interest rate

risk exposures arising from the full scope of a bank's activities, including both trading and

non-trading sources. This does not preclude different measurement systems and risk

management approaches being used for different activities; however, management should

have an integrated view of interest rate risk across products and business lines.

Page 141: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

160

A bank's interest rate risk measurement system should address all material sources

of interest rate risk including repricing, yield curve, basis and option risk exposures. In

many cases, the interest rate characteristics of a bank's largest holdings will dominate its

aggregate risk profile. While all of a bank's holdings should receive appropriate treatment,

measurement systems should evaluate such concentrations with particular rigor. Interest

rate risk measurement systems should also provide rigorous treatment of those

instruments, which might significantly affect a bank's aggregate position, even if they do

not represent a major concentration. Instruments with significant embedded or explicit

option characteristics should receive special attention.

A number of techniques are available for measuring the interest rate risk exposure

of both earnings and economic value. Their complexity ranges from simple calculations to

static simulations using current holdings to highly sophisticated dynamic modeling

techniques that reflect potential future business and business decisions.

The simplest techniques for measuring a bank's interest rate risk exposure begin

with a maturity/repricing schedule that distributes interest-sensitive assets, liabilities and

OBS positions into "time bands" according to their maturity (if fixed rate) or time

remaining to their next repricing (if floating rate). These schedules can be used to generate

simple indicators of the interest rate risk sensitivity of both earnings and economic value

to changing interest rates. When this approach is used to assess the interest rate risk of

current earnings, it is typically referred to as gap analysis. The size of the gap for a given

time band - that is, assets minus liabilities plus OBS exposures that reprice or mature

within that time band -gives an indication of the bank's repricing risk exposure.

A maturity/repricing schedule can also be used to evaluate the effects of changing

interest rates on a bank's economic value by applying sensitivity weights to each time

band. Typically, such weights are based on estimates of the duration of the assets and

liabilities that fall into each time-band, where duration is a measure of the percent change

in the economic value of a position that will occur given a small change in the level of

interest rates. Duration-based weights can be used in combination with a

maturity/repricing schedule to provide a rough approximation of the change in a bank's

economic value that would occur given a particular set of changes in market interest rates.

Many banks (especially those using complex financial instruments or otherwise

having complex risk profiles) employ more sophisticated interest rate risk measurement

systems than those based on simple maturity/repricing schedules. These simulation

techniques typically involve detailed assessments of the potential effects of changes in

Page 142: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

161

interest rates on earnings and economic value by simulating the future path of interest

rates and their impact on cash flows. In static simulations, the cash flows arising solely

from the bank's current on- and off-balance sheet positions are assessed. In a dynamic

simulation approach, the simulation builds in more detailed assumptions about the future

course of interest rates and expected changes in a bank's business activity over that time.

These more sophisticated techniques allow for dynamic interaction of payments streams

and interest rates, and better capture the effect of embedded or explicit options.

Regardless of the measurement system, the usefulness of each technique depends

on the validity of the underlying assumptions and the accuracy of the basic methodologies

used to model interest rate risk exposure. In designing interest rate risk measurement

systems, banks should ensure that the degree of detail about the nature of their interest

sensitive positions is commensurate with the complexity and risk inherent in those

positions. For instance, using gap analysis, the precision of interest rate risk measurement

depends in part on the number of time bands into which positions are aggregated. Clearly,

aggregation of positions/cash flows into broad time bands implies some loss of precision.

In practice, the bank must assess the significance of the potential loss of precision in

determining the extent of aggregation and simplification to be built into the measurement

approach.

Estimates of interest rate risk exposure, whether linked to earnings or economic

value, utilize, in some form, forecasts of the potential course of future interest rates. For

risk management purposes, banks should incorporate a change in interest rates that is

sufficiently large to encompass the risks attendant to their holdings. Banks should

consider the use of multiple scenarios, including potential effects in changes in the

relationships among interest rates (i.e. yield curve risk and basis risk) as well as changes

in the general level of interest rates. For example, for determining probable changes in

interest rates, simulation techniques could be used. Statistical analysis can also play an

important role in evaluating correlation assumptions with respect to basis or yield curve

risk.

The integrity and timeliness of data on current positions is also a key component of the

risk measurement process. A bank should ensure that all material positions and cash flows,

whether stemming from on- or off-balance-sheet positions, are incorporated into the

measurement system on a timely basis. Where applicable, these data should include

Page 143: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

162

information on the coupon rates or cash flows of associated instruments and contracts. Any

manual adjustments to underlying data should be clearly documented, and the nature and

reasons for the adjustments should be clearly understood. In particular, any adjustments to

expected cash flows for expected prepayments or early redemptions should be well

reasoned and such adjustments should be available for review.61

In assessing the results of interest rate risk measurement systems, it is important

that the assumptions underlying the system are clearly understood by risk managers and

bank management. In particular, techniques using sophisticated simulations should be

used carefully so that they do not become "black boxes", producing numbers that have the

appearance of precision, but that in fact are not very accurate when their specific

assumptions and parameters are revealed. Key assumptions should be recognized by

senior management and risk managers and should be re-evaluated at least annually. They

should also be clearly documented and their significance understood. Assumptions used in

assessing the interest rate sensitivity of complex instruments and instruments with

uncertain maturities should be subject to particularly rigorous documentation and review.

When measuring interest rate risk exposure, two further aspects call for comment

that is more specific:

The treatment of those positions where behavioral maturity differs from

contractual maturity and

The treatment of positions denominated in different currencies.

Positions such as savings and sight deposits may have contractual maturities or may be

open-ended, but in either case, depositors generally have the option to make withdrawals

at any time. In addition, banks often choose not to move rates paid on these deposits in

line with changes in market rates. These factors complicate the measurement of interest

rate risk exposure, since not only the value of the positions but also the timing of their

cash flows can change when interest rates vary. With respect to banks' assets, prepayment

features of mortgages and mortgage related instruments also introduce uncertainty about

the timing of cash flows on these positions. These issues are described in more detail in

Annex 1, which forms an integral part of this text.

61 Principle 6: It is essential that banks have interest rate risk measurement systems that capture all material sources of interest rate

risk and that assess the effect of interest rate changes in ways that are consistent with the scope of their activities. The assumptions

underlying the system should be clearly understood by risk managers and bank management.

Page 144: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

163

Banks with positions denominated in different currencies can expose themselves

to interest rate risk in each of these currencies. Since yield curves vary from currency to

currency, banks generally need to assess exposures in each. Banks with the necessary

skills and sophistication, and with material multi-currency exposures, may choose to

include in their risk measurement process methods to aggregate their exposures in

different currencies using assumptions about the correlation between interest rates in

different currencies. A bank that uses correlation assumptions to aggregate its risk

exposures should periodically review the stability and accuracy of those assumptions. The

bank also should evaluate what its potential risk exposure would be in the event that such

correlations break down.

3.7.10 Internal controls

Banks should have adequate internal controls to ensure the integrity of their

interest rate risk management process. These internal controls should be an integral part of

the institution's overall system of internal control. They should promote effective and

efficient operations, reliable financial and regulatory reporting, and compliance with

relevant laws, regulations and institutional policies. An effective system of internal

control for interest rate risk includes:

A strong control environment;

An adequate process for identifying and evaluating risk;

The establishment of control activities such as policies, procedures and

methodologies;

Adequate information systems; and,

Continual review of adherence to established policies and procedures.

With regard to control policies and procedures, attention should be given to

appropriate approval processes, exposure limits, reconciliation, reviews and other

mechanisms designed to provide a reasonable assurance that the institution's interest rate

risk management objectives are achieved. Many attributes of a sound risk management

process, including risk measurement, monitoring and control functions, are key aspects of

Page 145: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

164

an effective system of internal control. Banks should ensure that all aspects of the internal

control system are effective, including those aspects that are not directly part of the risk

management process.

In addition, an important element of a bank's internal control system over its interest

rate risk management process is regular evaluation and review. This includes ensuring that

personnel are following established policies and procedures, as well as ensuring that the

procedures that were established actually accomplish the intended objectives. Such reviews

and evaluations should also address any significant change that may impact the

effectiveness of controls, such as changes in market conditions, personnel, technology, and

structures of compliance with interest rate risk exposure limits, and ensure that appropriate

follow-up with management has occurred for any limits that were exceeded. Management

should ensure that all such reviews and evaluations are conducted regularly by individuals

who are independent of the function they are assigned to review. When revisions or

enhancements to internal controls are warranted, there should be a mechanism in place to

ensure that these are implemented in a timely manner.62

Reviews of the interest rate risk measurement system should include assessments

of the assumptions, parameters, and methodologies used. Such reviews should seek to

understand, test, and document the current measurement process, evaluate the system's

accuracy, and recommend solutions to any identified weaknesses. If the measurement

system incorporates one or more subsidiary systems or processes, the review should

include testing aimed at ensuring that the subsidiary systems are well integrated and

consistent with each other in all critical respects. The results of this review, along with

any recommendations for improvement, should be reported to senior management and/or

the board and acted upon in a timely manner.

The frequency and extent to which a bank should re-evaluate its risk measurement

methodologies and models depend, in part, on the particular interest rate risk exposures

created by holdings and activities, the pace and nature of market interest rate changes, and

62

Principle 10: Banks must have an adequate system of internal controls over their interest rate risk management

process. A fundamental component of the internal control system involves regular independent reviews and evaluations of the effectiveness of the system and, where necessary, ensuring that appropriate revisions or

enhancements to internal controls are made. The results of such reviews should be available to relevant supervisory

authorities.

Page 146: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

165

the pace and complexity of innovation with respect to measuring and managing interest

rate risk.

Banks, particularly those with complex risk exposures, should have their

measurement, monitoring and control functions reviewed on a regular basis by an

independent party (such as an internal or external auditor). In such cases, reports written

by external auditors or other outside parties should be available to relevant supervisory

authorities. It is essential that any independent reviewer ensures that the bank's risk

measurement system is sufficient to capture all material elements of interest rate risk,

whether arising from on- or off-balance sheet activities. Such a reviewer should consider

the following factors in making the risk assessment:

The quantity of interest rate risk, e.g.

o The volume and price sensitivity of various products;

o The vulnerability of earnings and capital under differing rate

changes including yield curve twists;

o The exposure of earnings and economic value to various other

forms of interest rate risk, including basis and optionality risk.

The quality of interest rate risk management, e.g.

o Whether the bank's internal measurement system is appropriate to

the nature, scope, and complexities of the bank and its activities;

o Whether the bank has an independent risk control unit responsible

for the design and administration of the risk measurement, monitoring and control

functions;

o Whether the board of directors and senior management are

actively involved in the risk control process;

o Whether internal policies, controls and procedures concerning

interest rate risk are well documented and complied with;

o Whether the assumptions of the risk measurement system are well

documented, data accurately processed, and data aggregation is proper and reliable; and

o Whether the organization has adequate staffing to conduct a sound

risk management process

Page 147: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

166

In those instances where the independent review is conducted by internal auditors, banks

are encouraged to have the risk measurement, monitoring and control functions

periodically reviewed by external auditors.

3.7.11 Information for supervisory authorities

Supervisory authorities should obtain sufficient information to assess individual

banks' interest rate risk exposures, on a regular basis. In order to minimize reporting

burden, internal management reports are the preferred method for obtaining this

information, but it could also be obtained through standardized reports that are submitted

by banks, through on-site examinations, or by other means. The precise information

obtained could differ among supervisors, but must include the results of the standardized

rate shock applied under Principle 14. As a minimum, supervisors should have enough

information to identify and monitor banks that have significant repricing mismatches.

Information contained in internal management reports, such as maturity/repricing gaps,

earnings and economic value simulation estimates, and the results of stress tests can be

particularly useful in this regard.

Supervisors may want to collect additional information on those positions where

the behavioral maturity is different from the contractual maturity. Reviewing the results of

a bank's internal model, perhaps under a variety of different assumptions, scenarios and

stress tests, can also be highly informative.

Banks operating in different currencies can expose themselves to interest rate risk

in each of these currencies. Supervisory authorities, therefore, will want banks to analyze

their exposures in different currencies separately, at least when exposures in different

currencies are material.

Another question is the extent to which interest rate risk should be viewed on a

whole bank basis or whether the trading book, which is marked to market, and the

banking book, which is often not, should be treated separately. As a rule, it is desirable for

any measurement system to incorporate interest rate risk exposures arising from the full

scope of a bank's activities, including both trading and non-trading sources. This does not

Page 148: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

167

preclude different measurement systems and risk management approaches being used for

different activities; however, management should have an integrated view of interest rate

risk across products and business lines. Supervisors may want to obtain information more

specifically, on how trading and non-trading activities are measured and incorporated into

a single measurement system. They should also ensure that interest rate risk in both

trading and non-trading activities is properly managed and controlled.

A meaningful analysis of interest rate risk is only possible if the supervisor

receives the relevant information regularly and on a timely basis. Since the risk profile in

the traditional banking business changes less rapidly than in the trading business,

quarterly or semi-annual reporting of the former may be sufficient for many banks.63

3.7.12 Capital adequacy

Changes in interest rates expose banks to the risk of loss, which, may be in

extreme cases, threaten the survival of the institution. In addition to adequate systems and

controls, capital has an important role to play in mitigating and supporting this risk. As

part of sound management, banks translate the level of interest rate risk they undertake,

whether as part of their trading or non-trading activities, into their overall evaluation of

capital adequacy, although there is no general agreement on the methodologies to be used

in this process.

In cases where banks undertake significant interest rate risk in the course of their

business strategy, a substantial amount of capital should be allocated specifically to

support this risk.

Where interest rate risk is undertaken as part of a bank‘s trading activities, the

supervisory capital treatment of that risk is set out in the Market Risk Amendment. Where

it is undertaken as part of a bank‘s non-trading activities, the supervisory treatment,

covering both capital and other tools of supervision, is set out in Principles 14 and 15 of

this document.64

3.7.13 Disclosure of interest rate risk

63 Principle 11: Supervisory authorities should obtain from banks sufficient and timely information with which to evaluate their level of interest rate risk. This information should take appropriate account of the range of maturities and currencies in each bank's portfolio,

including off-balance-sheet items, as well as other relevant factors, such as the distinction between trading and non-trading activities. 64 Principle 12: Banks must hold capital commensurate with the level of interest rate risk they undertake.

Page 149: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

168

The core objective of public disclosure is to facilitate market participants‘

assessment of banks‘ interest rate risk profiles in both the banking and trading books. The

Committee has laid down recommendations for the public disclosure of information on

interest rate risk as part of the overall review of the Accord7.

These include information about the banks‘ risk management processes, the

characteristics of any models used, the rate scenarios used and key assumptions on

judgmental aspects of assets and liability portfolios that drive the resulting risk measure.

3.7.13 Supervisory treatment of interest rate risk in the banking book

Supervisors should evaluate whether internal measurement systems for banking

book interest rate risk are adequate for managing risk in a safe manner and adequate for

use in supervisory evaluations of capital adequacy. Depending on the nature and scale of a

bank‘s business, a wide variety of methodologies could be employed in internal

measurement systems. Such evaluations could be performed through a review of internal

and external audit findings or through on-site supervisory reviews.65

A bank‘s internal systems must meet the following criteria, which amplify the key

points set out in Principle 6.

(a) They must assess all material interest rate risk associated with a bank‘s assets,

liabilities and off-balance-sheet positions in the banking book. To do this, they must

accurately incorporate all a bank‘s interest rate sensitive on and off-balance sheet

holdings.

(b) They must utilize generally accepted financial concepts and risk measurement

techniques. In particular, they must be capable of measuring risk on both an earnings and

economic value approach. The monitoring of interest rate risk in the banking book for

supervisory purposes would be based on risk as measured by the economic value

approach66

.

(c) Their data inputs are adequately specified (commensurate with the nature and

complexity of a bank‘s holdings) with regard to rates, maturities, re-pricing, embedded

65 Principle 13: Banks should release to the public information on the level of interest rate risk and their policies for its management. 66 The use of the economic value perspective is one area where the application of this approach to banks outside the G10 internationally

active population might be varied.

Page 150: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

169

options and other details to provide a reasonably accurate portrayal of changes in

economic value or earnings.

(d) The system‘s assumptions (used to transform positions into cash flows) are

reasonable, properly documented and stable over time. This is especially important for

assets and liabilities whose behavior differs markedly from contractual maturity or

repricing, and for new products. Material changes to assumptions should be documented,

justified and approved by management. In particular, supervisors would not normally

expect core deposits - those deposits which can be withdrawn without notice but which in

practice tend to remain with the bank - to be given an assumed maturity or repricing

frequency of longer than three to five years without additional empirical analysis.

(e) Interest rate risk measurement systems must be integrated into the bank‘s daily

risk management practices. The output of the systems should be used in characterizing the

level of interest rate risk to senior management and boards of directors.

(f) The interest rate shock (or the equivalent parameters) as determined has been

properly incorporated into the systems,

If supervisors determine that, a bank‘s internal measurement system does not

adequately capture interest rate risk in the banking book, the first, most immediate course

of action is to require the bank to bring its system to the required standard. In the interim,

the bank must supply its supervisor with information on the interest rate risk in its

banking book in a form specified by the supervisor. Supervisors may wish to use this

information in making their own estimates of risk using a standardized framework

applying the same standardized rate shock.67

This standardized rate shock should be based on the following:

For exposures in G10 currencies, either:

(a) An upward and downward 200 basis point parallel rate shock, or

(b) 1st and 99th percentile of observed interest rate changes using a one year (240

working days) holding period and a minimum five years of observations.

For exposures in non-G10 currencies, either:

67 Principle 14: Supervisory authorities must assess whether the internal measurement systems of banks adequately capture the interest

rate risk in their banking book. If a bank‘s internal measurement system does not adequately capture the interest rate risk, banks must bring the system to the required standard. To facilitate supervisors‘ monitoring of interest rate risk exposures across institutions, banks

must provide the results of their internal measurement systems, expressed in terms of the threat to economic value, using a standardized

interest rate shock.

Page 151: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

170

(a) A parallel rate shock substantially consistent with 1st and 99th percentile of

observed interest rate changes using a one year (240 working days) holding period and a

minimum five years of observations for the particular non-G10 currency, or

(b) 1st and 99th percentile of observed interest rate changes using a one year (240

working days) holding period and a minimum five years of observations.

Many banks will be exposed to interest rate risk in more than one currency. In

such cases, banks should carry out a similar analysis for each currency accounting for 5%

or more of their banking book assets, using an interest rate shock calculated according to

the rules set out above. To ensure complete coverage of the banking book, any remaining

exposures should be subject to a 200 basis point shock.

The relative simplicity of the 200 basis point parallel rate shock has the

disadvantage of ignoring exposures that might be revealed through scenarios that include

yield curve twists, inversions and other relevant scenarios. As has already been noted,

such alternative scenarios are a necessary component of the overall management of

interest rate risk. Supervisors will continue to expect institutions to perform multiple

scenarios in evaluation of their interest rate risk as appropriate to the level and nature of

risk they are taking.

Banks must hold capital to support the level of interest rate risk they undertake.

Supervisors should be particularly attentive to the capital sufficiency of ―outlier banks‖ –

those whose interest rate risk in the banking book leads to a economic value decline of

more than 20% of the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital following the standardized interest

rate shock or its equivalent (as determined under Principle 14).

The response in cases where supervisors determine that there is insufficient capital

will depend on a variety of factors. However, the response must result in the bank either

holding additional capital or reducing the measured risk (through, for example, hedging or

a restructuring of the banking book), or a combination of both, depending on the

circumstances of the case.68

3.7.15 Conclusion

68

Principle 15: If supervisors determine that a bank is not holding capital commensurate with the level of interest rate risk in the banking

book, they should consider remedial action, requiring the bank either to reduce its risk, to hold a specific additional amount of capital, or

a combination of both.

Page 152: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

171

In support of the revised Basel Accord, the BCBS has issued several guidelines

regarding IRR management for both bankers and bank supervisors. The BCBS is aware

that banks' IRR management techniques continue to evolve, so certain details of their

guidelines will need to be updated. However, the principle that banks' own assessments of

their IRR exposures should form the basis of supervisory oversight is a defining

characteristic of future supervisory efforts.

Page 153: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

172

Section 3.8:

Asset liability management (ALM)

3.8.0 Introduction 173

3.8.1 Objectives of asset and liabilities 174

3.8.2 Help of ALM 175

3.8.3 Previous Research 175

3.8.4 General ALM approaches at the country level 177

3.8.5 Proactive ALM at Banks 178

3.8.6 Asset Liability Management in Indian banking system 179

3.8.7 ALM Organization 180

3.8.8 ALM process 180

3.8.9 A general analytical framework for ALM 181

3.8.10 Integrated ALM Approach 181

3.8.11 Advantages of the integrated ALM approach 182

3.8.12 Reporting Requirements 183

Page 154: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

173

Introduction

Asset-Liability Management according to the Society of Actuaries (1998) ―… is the

practice of managing a business so that decisions on assets and liabilities are coordinated. It

can be defined as the ongoing process of formulating, implementing, monitoring and

revising strategies related to assets and liabilities in an attempt to achieve financial

objectives for a given set of tolerances and constraints... ALM is relevant to, and critical

for, the sound management of the finances of any institution that invest to meet liabilities‖.

Asset and Liability Management (ALM) is about optimizing the bank's balance

sheet. It focuses primarily on capital, liquidity & interest risk management and, depending

on the nature of the bank, credit, market & operational risk. The A.L.M. function provides

the policy framework for bank treasury and prescribes the techniques and instruments used

in the everyday implementation of policy.

Assets and liabilities are both affected by interest rate changes, so measuring,

managing interest rate risk is the key to making sure your asset, and liability mix performs

at its peak. Proper management of the total exposure, maturity schedules, and nominal rates

on both side of the equation can dramatically reduce damages and increase net profits. To

acquire and maintain these skills in the face of new instruments and volatile environments,

A/L managers and staff need effective, affordable, ongoing training.

Asset and liability management remain high-priority areas for bank

regulators, with an emphasis on management of market risk, liquidity risk, and

credit risk. Asset/liability managers face the challenge of keeping pace with industry

changes as new areas of risk are identified and new tools and models are developed

to help measure and manage risk.

Liquidity management has always been an important matter for banks. In today‘s

world, many banks face increased liquidity strains, as competition for deposits forces them

to look for alternative funding sources. At the same time, financial development has

increased both the opportunities and risks in liquidity management. As a result, it is

increasingly important that banks plan for there liquidity needs to ensure that they are using

stable and low-cost methods to fund their operations. In a highly competitive world, only

the efficient survive, and using high-cost funds puts a bank at a competitive disadvantage.

Page 155: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

174

3.8.1 Objectives of asset and liabilities

The object of asset and liability management is to provide a net interest income

stream sufficient to support the Bank‘s dividend target and to protect the market value of

the Bank's equity capital in a financial market environment in which changes in interest

rates and rate relationships can occur suddenly and unexpectedly. Asset and liability

management has become increasingly complicated and challenging. Financial engineers are

combining highly advanced mathematics with powerful technological resources to create an

ever-expanding array of sophisticated financial instruments with complex risk and return

profiles. Analyzing and managing these instruments in the modern bank balance sheet

requires a well-trained staff, operating with reliable systems and controls, accurately

calibrating risks to achieve suitable returns. Asset/liability management attempts to meet

the Bank's objectives within the risk parameters determined by the Board of Directors, and

in compliance with the regulations and regulatory guidance of the Federal Housing Finance

Board, and the Bank‘s Capital Plan.

To contain financial risk, primarily defined as the inability to meet dividend expectations

and/or deterioration of market value of equity, the Bank will maintain an organization and

climate which fosters:

Identification and understanding of key component risks;

Rigorous, thorough analysis;

A systematic decision-making process, and

A system of measurement and control that is detailed, complete, timely, and

accurate.

The purpose of this policy is to define the asset/liability management process of the Bank;

to outline the roles and responsibilities of those involved in that process; to prescribe the

measurements and limits that govern risk-taking; and to detail reporting and control

requirements for management and the Board of Directors.

The assets and liabilities shall be managed to attempt to achieve the following

minimum objectives:

1. A return on assets above ____ %.

2. A return on equity above ____ %.

3. An equity capital-to-assets ratio above ____ %.

4. A risk-based capital ratio of ____ %.

Page 156: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

175

3.8.2 Help of ALM

So what more can be expected from ALM than the established techniques? To

answer this, it is necessary to ascertain the pitfalls and difficulties encountered when

making investment decisions. It is important to understand the risks that are borne

when investing is in a particular security or portfolio of securities. Generally, the higher the

risks undertaken, cause the higher the possible returns on that investment. However, other

constraints cannot be ignored such as the nature of uncertainty in the decision process,

taxes and transactions costs. There may also be legal guidelines and other policy

requirements such as institution-specific rules on asset mix.

Returning to the fundamental aspect that any company has both assets and liabilities

it is clear that in the course of business the company will benefit from cash inflows and

have to meet liabilities. When asset streams are greater than liability streams, there is a

surplus and vice-versa when liability streams are greater than asset streams, there is a

deficit 69

to avoid this financial quagmire, requires advanced and meticulous financial

planning, and for large organizations ALM is invaluable.

3.8.3 Previous Research

Bank asset and liability management is defined as the simultaneous planning of all

assets and liability positions on the bank‘s balance sheet under consideration of the

different bank management objectives and legal, managerial and market constraints, for the

purpose of mitigating interest rate risk, providing liquidity and enhancing the value of the

bank (Gup and Brooks, 1993).

Looking to the past, we find the first mathematical models in the field of bank

management. Asset and liability management models can be deterministic or stochastic

(Kosmidou and Zopounidis, 2001). Deterministic models use linear programming, assume

particular realizations for random events, and are computationally tractable for large

69 A company will always try to make sure that there is always a surplus but, in situations where there is a deficit, corrective measures can be taken to protect the company financially in the short-term. In the long term however, a company continuing to accumulate shortfalls is likely to be in a serious financial position and may be on the verge of insolvency.

Page 157: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

176

problems. The deterministic linear programming model of Chambers and Charnes (1961) is

the pioneer in ALM.

The methods used to obtain the scenario generation model may be based on cascade

structures following the work of Mulvey & Thorlacius (1998), and of Wilkie (1986, 1995),

but in the present work we fit the time series with an Autoregressive Vector Error

Correction Model (henceforth VECM), following the line set out by Boender et al. (1995,

1998), Dert (1995, 1998), Kim & Mina (2000) and Kim et al (1999).

There are three basic approaches to liquidity management:

Asset Management

Liability Management

Capital Management

Although they are listed separately, the three approaches are often used in combination

to manage a bank‘s liquidity position.

Sensitivity to market risk (that is, changes in interest rates) can reduce a bank‘s earnings

and erode its capital. In light of these performance consequences, it is an important board

responsibility to see that a bank‘s market risk is effectively managed.

Few banks in recent history have failed because of uncontrolled market risk. (Market

risk is the risk to a bank's earnings and capital from changes in interest rates.) Even in well

publicized instances, such as the 1995 failure of Barings Bank, one of the oldest banks in

England, where market risk was linked directly to the bank's performance problems, it is

usually the failure of a bank's operational controls that prevents the bank from identifying

its market risk exposure until it is too late.

Although most banks will never fail outright, they can experience significant loss of

earnings and capital due to uncontrolled market risk. Because of this, the federal banking

agencies make it a board responsibility to ensure that a bank's market risk is effectively

managed:

Establish and guide the bank‘s tolerance for interest rate risk, including

approving risk limits and other key policies, identifying lines of authority and

Page 158: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

177

responsibility for managing interest rate risk, and ensuring adequate resources are

devoted to interest rate risk management…‖ May 23, 1996, Joint Policy Statement

on Interest Rate Risk

Risk management is about managing risk, not eliminating it. Asset liability

management is concerned with strategic balance sheet management

involving all market risks.

Banks today deal in a wide range of financial instruments, both as assets and as

liabilities. The risk profile and profit performance of banks are substantially affected by

their asset and liability management. Recently, the importance of this function has grown

considerably due to the dynamic and volatile conditions that prevail in the economy and in

the financial markets.

3.8.4 General ALM approaches at the country level

The starting point of our discussion is that the development of a strategic approach

for ALM at the country level has lagged behind approaches in the corporate and financial

sectors. Typical approaches to country ALM are copied from approaches for firms and

financial institutions, but do not incorporate country-specific factors while strategic aspects

are usually missing. They often exclude, for example, trade flows and fiscal dimensions.

Modeling flexibility is very limited, with country adaptation often happening through a

piece-meal approach using ad-hoc analysis rather than optimization and starting from first

principles. Their perspective is often also the development of benchmarks, rather than

strategic asset allocations or liability choices. By requiring a benchmark, which is constant

over time, they fail to incorporate the dynamic realignment of portfolios. The treatment of

uncertainty is typically also very limited and constraints are often not included in the

optimization process itself, but rather through iterating around the solution.

The need for strategic ALM for sovereigns is all the more necessary, as sovereigns

often have to consider risks on a much broader scale than corporations or financial

institutions do. Risks for a sovereign concern not only the government‘s own direct

financial exposures, such as those arising from debt and reserves management, but also

those arising from contingent liabilities due to risks in the banking system, restructuring of

state-owned enterprises, or restructuring and reform of the corporate sector. Approaches

Page 159: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

178

also need to relate to measures of the government‘s earning potential. This may mean risks

need to be defined differently. Instead of measuring nominal variability in government

debt service, for example, risk measures may need to take into account the sensitivity of

fiscal revenues to global factors, such as interest rates. Without these factors, approaches to

risk can ignore the existence of natural hedges in the external and fiscal sectors, limit the

analysis to "on-balance" liabilities only, and ignore many important constraints. It is also

essential that the sovereign adopts a truly dynamic approach. Countries often face, for

example, many constraints in rapidly adjusting their assets and liabilities; transactions costs

can be high and market access may vary with general financial markets conditions and

investors‘ sentiment, especially for developing countries but also for developed countries.

Typical ALM strategies pursued for financial institutions and corporations can thus clearly

be less than optimal for sovereigns or central banks and measuring exposures only in terms

of duration, asset composition, and currency composition may even add to risk.

3.8.5 Proactive ALM at Banks

Proactive ALM requires an accurate depiction of risk and the communication of

such risk to product managers. Often, the major challenge for bank management is

addressing the natural tension between loan and deposit product managers and ALM

managers. While product managers may be constantly meeting customer demand by

innovating more sophisticated product, ALM managers carefully update their models to

measure and control these new risks. RAROC70

methodologies encourage product

managers to price competing products with these risks in mind to maximize profits for a

given level of risk.

ALM managers‘ measure and monitor interest rate risk for all on- and off- balance sheet

instruments from two perspectives: earnings and market value (see diagram). The earnings

perspective focuses on the impact of interest rate changes on a bank's near-term earnings;

while the market value perspective focuses on a bank's underlying value. The interest rate

sensitivity of financial instruments depends on many factors, including duration, yield

curve, basis, repricing characteristics, and embedded options affecting the timing of cash

flows.

70 . Risk Adjusted Return on Capital

Page 160: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

179

ALM managers‘ measure and monitor interest rate risk for all on- and off- balance

sheet instruments from two perspectives:

Earnings value

market value

The earnings perspective focuses on the impact of interest rate changes on a bank's

near-term earnings; while the market value, perspective focuses on a bank's underlying

value. The interest rate sensitivity of financial instruments depends on many factors,

including duration; yield curve, basis, re-pricing characteristics, and embedded options

affecting the timing of cash flows.

3.8.6 Asset Liability Management in Indian banking system

On the threshold of the new millennium, the Indian banking sector is waking up to a

concept of Asset Liability Management. ALM as a practice has been in existence for quite a

long time. The emergence of this concept can be traced to the mid 1970s in the US when

deregulation of the interest rates compelled the banks to undertake active planning for the

structure of the balance sheet. The uncertainty of interest rate movements gave rise to

interest rate risk thereby causing banks to look for processes to manage their risk. In the

wake of interest rate risk, came liquidity risk and credit risk as inherent components of risk

for banks. The recognition of these risks brought Asset Liability Management to the center-

stage of financial intermediation.

The Indian economy has witnessed a similar scenario. The post-reform banking

scenario is marked by interest rate deregulation, entry of new private banks, and gamut of

new products and greater use of information technology. To cope with these pressures

banks were required to evolve strategies rather than ad hoc fire fighting solutions. These

strategies are executed in the form of ALM practices. An efficient ALM technique aims to

manage the volume, mix, maturity, rate sensitivity, quality and liquidity of the assets and

liabilities as a whole so as to earn a predetermined, acceptable risk/reward ratio.

Page 161: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

180

Recognizing the need for a strong and sound banking system, the RBI has come out

with ALM guidelines for banks and FIs in April 1999. ALM framework rests on three

pillars

3.8.7 ALM Organization

In line with the RBI guidelines, all banks have their ALCO in place. However,

foreign banks and private banks have their ALCOs in place much before the guidelines, to

keep pace with global practices. Some progressive public sector banks like Corporation

Bank too had ALCO in place, before the guidelines. It was also observed that the foreign

banks and the private sector banks accorded greater seriousness to their ALCOs vis-a-vis

the PSBs.

The ALCO consisting of the banks senior management including CEO

should be responsible for adhering to the limits set by the board as well as for

deciding the business strategy of the bank in line with the banks budget and decided

risk management objectives. ALCO is a decision-making unit responsible for

balance sheet planning from a risk return perspective including strategic

management of interest and liquidity risk. ALM Information System is the most

important for data collection of information accurately, adequately and

expeditiously. Information is the key to the ALM process. A good information

system gives the bank management a complete picture of the bank's balance sheet.

ALM Process The basic ALM process involves identification, measurement and

management of risk parameters.

3.8.8 ALM process

The RBI in its guidelines has asked Indian banks to use traditional techniques like

Gap Analysis for monitoring interest rate and liquidity risk. HOWEVER, RBI is expecting

Indian banks to move towards sophisticated techniques like Duration, Simulation, and VaR

in the future.

As regards the trading portfolio all foreign banks and top Indian private sector

banks Value at Risk (VaR). For the accrued portfolio, most Indian Private sector banks use

Gap analysis, but are gradually moving towards duration analysis. Most of the foreign

Page 162: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

181

banks use duration analysis. They are expected to move towards advanced methods like

Value at Risk for the entire balance sheet. Some foreign banks are already using VaR for

the entire balance sheet.

The presentation critically evaluated the Maturity gap method, Duration analysis on

the parameters of their theoretical efficacy and their practical implications. However, the

area of maximum interest was the Value at Risk method.

3.8.9 A general analytical framework for ALM

The review of the approaches taken by central banks already shows that it is

unlikely that a single reserves management model will be applicable to all situations. No

single model can be expected to be optimal for every central bank‘s reserves management

requirements. Every model developed today will need to change tomorrow. Flexibility

must thus be built into any approach to reserves management modeling. The purpose

therefore should be to provide a framework that allows for substantial flexibility in model

development in both theory and application. A framework has to be dynamic as well. Any

medium to long-term analysis of reserves must include procedures for the dynamic

rebalancing of the reserves portfolio for two reasons: the density functions of outcomes in

the far future depend upon decisions taken beforehand, that is in the near future; and

changing regime conditions mean future decisions need to be made dependent on future

outcomes. We will discuss these desirable features in turn.

3.8.10 Integrated ALM Approach

Traditionally only interest rate risk and liquidity risks have been considered in the

ALM framework. A bank would have managed a major portion of its risks by having in

place a proper ALM policy attending to its interest rate risk and liquidity risk. These two

risks when managed properly lead to enhanced profitability and adequate liquidity.

ALM is an important tool in the overall risk management process for any bank.

ALM should be used strategically for deciding the pricing and structure of assets and

liabilities in such a way that profitability, liquidity and credit exposure is maintained. From

now, one cannot neglect credit risk in the ALM process. Based on this rationale, the

Page 163: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

182

students presented a qualitative argument why credit risk should be incorporated in the

overall ALM framework.

Consider the procedure for sanctioning a loan. The borrower, who approaches the

bank, is apprised by the credit department on various parameters like industry prospects,

operational efficiency, financial efficiency, management evaluation and others, which

influence the working of the client company. Based on this appraisal the borrower is

charged certain rate of interest to cover the credit risk. For example, a client with credit

appraisal AAA will be charged PLR. While somebody with BBB rating will be charged

PLR + 2.5 %, say. Naturally, there will be certain cut-off for credit appraisal, below which

the bank will not lend e.g. Bank will not like to lend to D rated client even at a higher rate

of interest. The guidelines for the loan sanctioning procedure are decided in the ALCO

meetings with targets set and goals established. The role-played by the treasury in the loan

sanctioning process is limited to satisfying the demands for funds. All exceptional cases

however, are referred to the treasury, which looks at the gaps created by the proposal and

based on the policies of the bank and its long-term objectives the proposal is either rejected

or sanctioned with appropriate pricing. All the three parameters viz. Interest rate, credit risk

and liquidity positions should be dynamically looked at simultaneously for better decision-

making.

In the proposed approach, the credit appraisal comes out with a credit score, the

treasury comes up with a liquidity score, the corporate banking division comes up with a

interest rate score. This information is used to arrive at a composite score to evaluate the

proposal.

3.8.11 Advantages of the integrated ALM approach:

A bank will price the loan even taking the liquidity risk, i.e. considering the impact

of loan on the gap mismatch of the balance sheet. Incorporating the default probabilities

helps the bank to price the loan appropriately in line with its risk profile. Hence, bank

would also look at the impact of such a loan on its liquidity along with the credit risk and

not in isolation.

The bank would now have flexibility in accepting and rejecting the loan only after

having considered all parameters. It will provide the necessary direction to the bank in

Page 164: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

183

structuring the loan in such a way, that liquidity profile of the bank is improved. If the

liquidity profile of the portfolio is improved, the loan can be priced favorably for the

borrower.

This model helps us to identify those loans that contribute to the ROA and Roe of the bank.

This puts the bank on the road to SHAREHOLDER VALUE CREATION. By

identifying the acceptable risk limits, the bank achieves greater stability thus ensuring

higher returns for the shareholders.

While a similar system might already be in use in several competitive banks in one

form or the other, other banks that do not employ such a system in totality might find it

useful to adopt the integrated ALM approach, which has been presented as a conceptual

argument.

3.8.12 Reporting Requirements

The ALCO shall provide the following to the Board of Directors on a quarterly

basis:

1. Average daily balance sheet

2. Interest income and interest expense statements

3. Non-interest income and non-interest expense statements

4. Interest spread statement and GAP Report

5. Relevant ratios (detailed above)

6. Net interest change analysis attributable to dollar volumes, earning, paying and market

rates as well as time (simulation) compared to policy limits.

7. Investment portfolio and loan activity report

8. A summary approximating investment portfolio values

9. Duration analysis to approximate investment portfolio values for different rate scenarios

(annual)

10. Projected flow of funds analysis

11. Recommended Asset/Liability Management plan including a quarterly strategy for the

management of interest rate risk and liquidity risk

12. Assessment of performance against the prior quarter's strategy

Page 165: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

184

Section 3.9:

None performing assets (NPA)

3.9.1. Introduction 185

3.9.2. Indian economy and NPAs 185

3.9.3. Global Developments and NPAs 186

3.9.4 Meaning of NPAs 186

3.9.5 Asset Classification 187

3.9.6. A huge levels of NPAs exist in the Indian banking system (IBS 188

3.9.7 Credit Risk and NPAs 191

3.9.8 The importance of credit rating in assessing the risk of default for lenders

191

3.9.9 Usage of financial statements in assessing the risk of default for lenders 192

3.9.10 Capital Adequacy Ratio (CAR) of RBI and Basle committee on banking

supervision (BCBS) 193

3.9.11 Excess of liquidity 194

3.9.12 High cost of funds due to NPAs 194

3.9.13 Need for effective asset management policies 195

3.9.14 Asset management 196

Page 166: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

185

3.9.1. Introduction

By its very nature, banking involves taking risks. In most countries, banks have

deployed their funds into loans, which form the bulk of their assets. Consequently, one of

the most significant risks faced by banks has been and will continue to be credit risk that

is the risk, which the counter party will default on his obligations as agreed. Banks are

now coming up with new techniques to measure, manage and mitigate the risks to which

they are exposed.

Loans become non-performing when borrowers fall in arrears in the repayment of

principal or interest payment or both. Some borrowers have the means to repay but do not

have the willingness to repay; i.e. they become willful defaulters on the loans. On the

other hand, there are borrowers who cannot afford to repay because of hardships of an

economic nature. An economic slowdown can severely undermine the capacity of

borrowers to continue servicing and to repay their debts. In such circumstances, an

effective asset management policy in the financial system can help to come to grips with

the problem of non-performing assets and so prevent a crisis that may go out of control.

Traditionally, banks have placed undue reliance on the collaterals when extending

credit facilities. When borrowers default and all means are exhausted to recover their

dues, banks finally have

to foreclose the assets held as security. The foreclosing and disposal of the assets do not

always produce the desired results. It's a known fact that the banks and financial

institutions in India face the problem of swelling non-performing assets (NPAs) and the

issue is becoming more and more unmanageable. In order to bring the situation under

control, some steps have been taken recently. The Securitisation and Reconstruction of

Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest Act, 2002 was passed by

Parliament, which is an important step towards elimination or reduction of NPAs.

3.9.2. Indian economy and NPAs

Undoubtedly the world economy has slowed down, recession is at its peak, globally

stock markets have tumbled and business itself is getting hard to do. The Indian economy

has been much affected due to high fiscal deficit, poor infrastructure facilities, sticky legal

system, cutting of exposures to emerging markets by foreign institutional investors (FIIs),

etc.

Page 167: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

186

Further, international rating agencies like, Standard & Poor have lowered India's

credit rating to sub-investment grade. Such negative aspects have often outweighed

positives such as increasing fore reserves and a manageable inflation rate. Under such a

situation, it is understood that banks are no exception and are bound to face the heat of a

global downturn. One would be surprised to know that the banks and financial institutions

in India hold non-performing assets worth Rs. 1,10,000 crores. Bankers have realized that

unless the level of NPAs is reduced drastically, they will find it difficult to survive.

3.9.3. Global Developments and NPAs

The core banking business is of mobilizing the deposits and utilizing it for lending

to industry. Lending business is generally encouraged because it has the effect of funds

being transferred from the system to productive purposes that results into economic

growth.

However lending also carries credit risk, which arises from the failure of borrower to

fulfill its contractual obligations either during the course of a transaction or on a future

obligation.

A question that arises is how much risk can a bank afford to take? Recent

happenings in the business world - Enron, WorldCom, Xerox, Global Crossing do not

give much confidence to banks. In case after case, these giant corporates became bankrupt

and failed to provide investors with clearer and more complete information thereby

introducing a degree of risk that many investors could neither neither anticipate nor

welcome. The history of financial institutions also reveals the fact that the biggest banking

failures were due to credit risk.

Due to this, banks are restricting their lending operations to secured avenues only with

adequate collateral on which to fall back upon in a situation of default.

3.9.4 Meaning of NPAs

An asset is classified as non-performing asset (NPAs) if dues in the form of

principal and interest are not paid by the borrower for a period of 180 days. However with

effect from March 2004, default status would be given to a borrower if dues are not paid

for 90 days. If any advance or credit facilities granted by bank to a borrower becomes

non-performing, then the bank will have to treat all the advances/credit facilities granted

to that borrower as non-performing without having any regard to the fact that there may

Page 168: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

187

still exist certain advances / credit facilities having performing status. In berif "Non-

performing Asset" means an asset in respect of which

a. Interest or principal (or installment thereof) is overdue for a period of more

than 180 days;

b. interest for principal is overdue for a period of more than 180 days from the

expiry of planning period, wherever applicable;

c. any other receivable, if it is overdue for a period of more than 180 days.

3.9.5 Asset Classification

Every Securitization / Reconstruction Company shall, after taking into account the

degree of well defined credit weaknesses and extent of dependence on collateral security

for realization, classify the assets it has acquired for reconstruction and held by it, into the

following categories into four broad groups, viz., (a) Standard assets, (b) Sub-standard

assets, (c) Doubtful assets, (d) Loss assets:

(a) Standard assets - Standard asset is one which does not disclose any

problems and which does not carry more than normal risk attached to the business. Such

an asset is not a NPA.

(b) Sub-standard Assets - Sub-standard asset is one which has been classified

as NPA for a period not exceeding two years.

(c) Doubtful assets - With a view to moving closer to international practices in

regard to provisioning norms, an asset should be classified as doubtful, if it has remained

in the sub-standard category for 18 months instead of 24 months, as at present, by March

31, 2001. Banks are permitted to achieve this norm for additional provisioning in phases,

as under :

(i) As on March 31, 2001: Provisioning of not less than 50 per cent on the

assets which have become doubtful on account of the new norm.

(ii) As on March 31, 2002: Balance of the provisions not made during the

previous year, in addition to the provisions needed, as on March 31, 2002.]

(d) Loss assets - A loss asset is one where loss has been identified by the bank

or internal or external auditors or in the Reserve Bank inspection report. In other words,

such an asset is considered uncollectible and of such little value that its continuance as a

bankable asset is not warranted although there may be some salvage or recovery value.

Page 169: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

188

3.9.6. A huge levels of NPAs exist in the Indian banking system (IBS)

The origin of the problem of burgeoning NPAs lies in the quality of managing

credit risk which concerned by the banks. What is needed is having adequate preventive

measures in place namely, fixing pre-sanctioning appraisal responsibility and having an

effective post-disbursement supervision. Banks concerned should continuously monitor

loans to identify accounts that have potential to become non-performing.

3.9.6.1 NPAs and India banks and financial institutions

To start with, performance in terms of profitability is a benchmark for any

business enterprise including the banking industry. However, increasing NPAs have a

direct impact on banks profitability as legally banks are not allowed to book income on

such accounts and at the same time banks are forced to make provision on such assets as

per the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) guidelines.

In addition, with increasing deposits made by the public in the banking system, the

banking industry cannot afford defaults by borrower s since NPAs affects the repayment

capacity of banks. Further, Reserve Bank of India (RBI) successfully creates excess

liquidity in the system through various rate cuts and banks fail to utilize this benefit to its

advantage due to the fear of burgeoning non-performing assets.

3.9.6.2 RBI guidelines on income recognition (interest income on NPAs)

Banks recognize income including interest income on advances on accrual basis.

That is, income is accounted for as and when it is earned. The prima-facie condition for

accrual of income is that it should be reasonable to expect its ultimate collection.

However, NPAs involves significant uncertainty with respect to its ultimate collection.

Considering this fact, in accordance with the guidelines for income recognition issued by

the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), banks should not recognize interest income on such

NPAs until it is actually realized.

3.9.6.3 Accounting Standard 9 (AS 9) on revenue recognition issued by ICAI

The Accounting Standard 9 (AS 9) on `Revenue Recognition' issued by the

Institute Of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) requires that the revenue that arises

from the use by others of enterprise resources yielding interest should be recognized only

when there is no significant uncertainty as to its measurability or collect ability. In

Page 170: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

189

addition, interest income should be recognized on a time proportion basis after taking into

consideration rate applicable and the total amount outstanding.

3.9.6.4 RBI guidelines on NPAs and ICAI Accounting Standard 9 on revenue recognition

In view of the guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India (RBI), interest

income on NPAs should be recognised only when it is actually realized.

As such, a doubt may arise as to whether the aforesaid guidelines with respect to

recognition of interest income on NPAs on realization basis are consistent with

Accounting Standard 9, `Revenue Recognition'. For this purpose, the guidelines issued by

the RBI for treating certain assets as NPAs seem to be based on an assumption that the

collection of interest on such assets is uncertain. Therefore complying with AS 9, interest

income is not recognized based on uncertainty involved but is recognized at a subsequent

stage when actually realized thereby complying with RBI guidelines as well.

In order to ensure proper appreciation of financial statements, banks should

disclose the accounting policies adopted in respect of determination of NPAs and basis on

which income is recognized with other significant accounting policies.

3.9.6.6 RBI guidelines on classification of bank advances

Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has issued guidelines on provisioning requirement

with respect to bank advances. In terms of these guidelines, bank advances are mainly

classified into:

Standard Assets: Such an asset is not a non-performing asset. In other words, it

carries not more than normal risk attached to the business.

Sub-standard Assets: It is classified as non-performing asset for a period not

exceeding 18 months

Doubtful Assets: Asset that has remained NPA for a period exceeding 18 months

is a doubtful asset.

Loss Assets: Here loss is identified by the banks concerned, by internal auditors,

by external auditors, or by Reserve Bank India (RBI) inspection.

In terms of RBI guidelines, as and when an asset becomes a NPA, such advances

would be first classified as a sub-standard one for a period that should not exceed 18

months and subsequently as doubtful assets. It should be noted that the above

classification is only for the purpose of computing the amount of provision that should be

made with respect to bank advances and certainly not for the purpose of presentation of

Page 171: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

190

advances in the banks balance sheet. The Third Schedule to the Banking Regulation Act,

1949, solely governs presentation of advances in the balance sheet.

Banks have started issuing notices under the Securitisation Act, 2002 directing the

defaulter to either pay back the dues to the bank or else give the possession of the secured

assets mentioned in the notice. However, there is a potential threat to recovery if there is

substantial erosion in the value of security given by the borrower or if borrower has

committed fraud. Under such a situation, it will be prudent to directly classify the advance

as a doubtful or loss asset, as appropriate.

3.9.6.7 RBI guidelines on provisioning requirement of bank advances

As and when an asset is classified as an NPA, the bank has to further sub-classify

it into sub-standard, loss and doubtful assets. Based on this classification, bank makes the

necessary provision against these assets.

Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has issued guidelines on provisioning requirements

of bank advances where the recovery is doubtful. Banks are also required to comply with

such guidelines in making adequate provision to the satisfaction of its auditors before

declaring any dividends on its shares.

In case of loss assets, guidelines specifically require that full provision for the

amount outstanding should be made by the concerned bank. This is justified because such

an asset is considered uncollectible and cannot be classified as bankable asset. Also in

case of doubtful assets, guidelines requires the bank concerned to provide entirely the

unsecured portion and in case of secured portion an additional provision of 20%-50% of

the secured portion should be made depending upon the period for which the advance has

been considered as doubtful. For instance, for NPAs that are up to 1-year old, provision

should be made of 20% of secured portion, in case of 1-3 year old NPAs up to 30% of the

secured portion and finally in case of more than 3-year-old NPAs up to 50% of secured

portion should be made by the concerned bank.

In case of a sub-standard asset, a general provision of 10% of total out standings

should be made. Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has merely laid down the minimum

provisioning requirement that should be complied with by the concerned bank on a

mandatory basis. However, where there is a substantial uncertainty to recovery, higher

provisioning should be made by the bank concerned.

Page 172: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

191

3.9.7 Credit Risk and NPAs

Quite often credit risk management (CRM) is confused with managing non-

performing assets (NPAs). However there is an appreciable difference between the two.

NPAs are a result of past action whose effects are realized in the present i.e they represent

credit risk that has already materialized and default has already taken place.

On the other hand managing credit risk is a much more forward-looking approach

and is mainly concerned with managing the quality of credit portfolio before default takes

place. In other words, an attempt is made to avoid possible default by properly managing

credit risk.

Considering the current global recession and unreliable information in financial

statements, there is high credit risk in the banking and lending business.To create a

defense against such uncertainty, bankers are expected to develop an effective internal

credit risk models for the purpose of credit risk management.

3.9.7.1 Requirement as to capital adequacy

Every Securitisation/Reconstruction Company shall maintain, on an ongoing basis,

a minimum capital adequacy ratio, which shall not be less than 15 percent of its total risk

weighted financial assets. The risk-weighted asset shall be calculated as the weighted

aggregate of funded items as detailed hereunder:

3.9.7.2 Weighted risk assets - On-Balance Sheet

items

Percentage

weight

(i) Cash and bank balances including fixed

deposits and certificates of deposits with scheduled

commercial banks

0

(ii) Investments

State/Central Government securities 0

(iii) Other financial assets 100

3.9.8 The importace of credit rating in assessing the risk of default for lenders

Page 173: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

192

Fundamentally, Credit Rating implies evaluating the creditworthiness of a

borrower by an independent rating agency. Here objective is to evaluate the probability of

default. As such, credit rating does not predict loss but it predicts the likelihood of

payment problems.

Credit rating has been explained by Moody's a credit rating agency as forming an

opinion of the future ability, legal obligation and willingness of a bond issuer or obligor to

make full and timely payments on principal and interest due to the investors.Banks do rely

on credit rating agencies to measure credit risk and assign a probability of default.

Credit rating agencies generally slot companies into risk buckets that indicate

company's credit risk and is also reviewed periodically. Associated with each risk bucket

is the probability of default that is derived from historical observations of default behavior

in each risk bucket.

However, credit rating is not foolproof. In fact, Enron was rated investment grade

until as late as a month prior to it's filing for Chapter 11 bankruptcy when it was assigned

an in-default status by the rating agencies. It depends on the information available to the

credit rating agency. Besides, there may be conflict of interest, which a credit rating

agency may not be able to resolve in the interest of investors and lenders.

Stock prices are an important (but not the sole) indicator of the credit risk

involved. Stock prices are much more forward looking in assessing the creditworthiness

of a business enterprise. Historical data proves that stock prices of companies such as

Enron and WorldCom had started showing a falling trend many months prior to it being

downgraded by credit rating agencies.

3.9.9 Usage of financial statements in assessing the risk of default for lenders

For banks and financial institutions, both the balance sheet and income statement

have a key role to play by providing valuable information on a borrower‘s viability.

However, the approach of scrutinizing financial statements is a backward looking

approach. This is because; the focus of accounting is on past performance and current

positions.

The key accounting ratios generally used for the purpose of ascertaining the

creditworthiness of a business entity is that of debt-equity ratio and interest coverage

ratio. Highly rated companies generally have low leverage. This is because; high leverage

is followed by high fixed interest charges, non-payment of which results into a default.

Page 174: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

193

3.9.10 Capital Adequacy Ratio (CAR) of RBI and Basle committee on banking supervision

(BCBS)

Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has issued capital adequacy norms for the Indian

banks. The minimum CAR, which the Indian Banks are required to meet at all, times is

set at 9%. It should be taken into consideration that the bank's capital refers to the ability

of bank to withstand losses due to risk exposures.

To be more precise, capital charge is a sort of regulatory cost of keeping loans

(perceived as risky) on the balance sheet of banks. The quality of assets of the bank and

its capital are often closely related. Quality of assets is reflected in the quantum of NPAs.

By this, it implies that if the asset quality were poor, then higher would be the quantum of

non-performing assets and vice-versa.

Market risk is the risk arising due to the fluctuations in value of a portfolio due to

the volatility of market prices.

Operational risk refers to losses arising due to complex system and processes.

It is important for a bank to have a good capital base to withstand unforeseen

losses. It indicates the capability of a bank to sustain losses arising out of risky assets.

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) has also laid down certain

minimum risk based capital standards that apply to all internationally active commercial

banks. That is, bank's capital should at least be 8% of their risk-weighted assets. This

infect helps bank to provide protection to the depositors and the creditors.

The main objective here is to build a sort of support system to take care of

unexpected financial losses thereby ensuring healthy financial markets and protecting

depositors.

3.9.11 Excess of liquidity

One should also not forget that the banks are faced with the problem of increasing

liquidity in the system. Further, Reserve Bank of India (RBI) is increasing the liquidity in

the system through various rate cuts. Banks can get rid of its excess liquidity by

increasing its lending but, often shy away from such an option due to the high risk of

default.

In order to promote certain prudential norms for healthy banking practices, most of

the developed economies require all banks to maintain minimum liquid and cash reserves

broadly classified into Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR) and the Statutory Liquidity Ratio

(SLR).

Page 175: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

194

Cash Reserve Ratio (CRR) is the reserve which the banks have to maintain with

itself in the form of cash reserves or by way of current account with the Reserve Bank of

India (RBI), computed as a certain percentage of its demand and time liabilities. The

objective is to ensure the safety and liquidity of the deposits with the banks.

On the other hand, Statutory Liquidity Ratio (SLR) is the one, which every

banking company shall maintain in India. This is in the form of cash, gold or

unencumbered approved securitiesan amount. This amount shall not, at the close of

business on any day be less than such percentage of the total of its demand and time

liabilities in India as on the last Friday of the second preceding fortnight, as the Reserve

Bank of India (RBI) may specify from time to time.

A rate cut (for instance, decrease in CRR) results into lesser funds to be locked up

in RBI's vaults and further infuses greater funds into a system. However, almost all the

banks are facing the problem of bad loans, burgeoning non-performing assets, thinning

margins, etc. as a result of which, banks are little reluctant in granting loans to corporate.

As such, though in its monetary policy RBI announces rate cut but such news are

no longer warmly greeted by the bankers.

3.9.12 High cost of funds due to NPAs

Quite often genuine borrowers face the difficulties in raising funds from banks due

to mounting NPAs. Either the bank is reluctant in providing the requisite funds to the

genuine borrowers or if the funds are provided, they come at a very high cost to

compensate the lender‘s losses caused due to high level of NPAs.

Therefore, quite often corporate prefer to raise funds through commercial papers

(CPs) where the interest rate on working capital charged by banks is higher.

With the enactment of the Securitisation and Reconstruction of Financial Assets

and Enforcement of Security Interest Act, 2002, banks can issue notices to the defaulters

to pay up the dues and the borrowers will have to clear their dues within 60 days. Once

the borrower receives a notice from the concerned bank and the financial institution, the

secured assets mentioned in the notice cannot be sold or transferred without the consent of

the lenders.

The main purpose of this notice is to inform the borrower that either the sum due

to the bank or financial institution be paid by the borrower or else the former will take

action by way of taking over the possession of assets. Besides assets, banks can also

takeover the management of the company. Thus the bankers under the aforementioned

Page 176: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

195

Act will have the much needed authority to either sell the assets of the defaulting

companies or change their management.

However, the protection under the said Act only provides a partial solution. What

banks should ensure is that they should move with speed and charged with momentum in

disposing off the assets. This is because as uncertainty increases with the passage of time,

there is all possibility that the recoverable value of asset also reduces and it cannot fetch

good price. If faced with such a situation than the very purpose of getting protection under

the Securitisation Act, 2002 would be defeated and the hope of seeing a must have

growing banking sector can easily vanish.

3.9.13 Need for effective asset management policies

Non-performing loans represent a major threat to any bank. They carry the

potential to bring about the collapse of a bank. In times of economic slowdown, a surge in

non-performing loans can be

expected which could threaten the whole financial system and, ultimately, the

whole economy. The main South Asian countries successfully tackled the problem by

using Asset Management Companies (AMCs), which they set up during their economic

crisis. An effective asset management policy can help to prevent the problem of non-

performing assets assuming unmanageable proportions. An AMC helps to stabilize the

financial condition of a distressed bank by the following means:

1. Borrowers get value for money. They are freed from the mercy of

unscrupulous buyers.

2. Banks recover their dues.

3. It restores liquidity and solvency to financial institutions, restores

confidence in the valuation of assets.

4. It frees banks from the worries of perpetually having to resolve their non-

performing loans and helps them to concentrate on banking. The prompt resolution of

non-performing assets helps to reallocate resources, which is vital to economic recovery.

5. The simultaneous offer of sale of a large number of similar assets exerts a

downward pressure on prices. An effective asset management policy will counter that

pressure and help to normalize asset prices.

Page 177: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

196

3.9.14 Asset management

Asset management involves in the first instance the identification of non-

performing assets. A non-performing asset means an asset or account of borrower, which

has been classified by a bank as a sub-standard, doubtful or loss asset in accordance with

the guidelines issued by the central bank. This asset is then categorized into one of four

broad categories of selling, recovery, restructuring and setting off depending on the

characteristics of the asset. Where any borrower, who is under a liability to a bank under a

security agreement, makes any default in repayment, is secured debt or any installment.

Therefore, his accounts in respect of such debt are classified by the secured creditor as

non-performing asset. Therefore, The bank may require the borrower by notice in writing

to discharge in full his liabilities to the secured creditor within 60 days from the date of

notice failing which the secured creditor would be entitled to exercise any or all of the

following rights to recover his secured debt:

(a) Take possession of the secured assets

(b) Take over the management of the secured assets of the borrower

(c) Appoint any person to manage the secured assets the possession of which has

been taken over by the secured creditor55

Where an AMC exists, it will take over from the bank the above responsibilities

until the assets are liquidated. The AMC will acquire the assets at a fair market value.

Determining a fair value is a complex exercise. The evaluation can be based on net cash

flows arising from the loan, viz:

• Expected interest and principal repayments;

• Security value;

• Collection, workout and realization risks;

• Transaction costs.

On acquiring the asset from the bank, the AMC will endeavor to negotiate with the

borrower to maximize the prospects of recovery. Various courses of action are open to the

AMC:

Immediate sale of some or all of the loans to a third party;

Providing borrower additional time to settle his dues;

Providing additional finance to enable borrower to become viable;

Re-schedulement of interest and/or principal payments.

Page 178: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

197

The success of any of the above approaches is contingent on the borrower‘s conditions,

type of loan and macro-economic conditions prevailing in the country. The ultimate

objective of the AMC is to maximize disposal proceeds and produce a win/win situation for

both the borrower and the bank.

3.9.14.1 TYPES OF AMCs

The main types of AMCs currently in place in various countries are:

1. A central disposition agency

2. An entity specific to a particular bank

3. An auction process

The first type would take loans from all financial institutions and manage them alone. The

second type would manage the non-performing loans of all the banks forming part of a

particular bank and/or group of banks. The auction process would involve accumulating

assets rapidly and selling them without considering the other courses of action open to

AMCs. It will become evident that the type of an effective AMC will depend primarily on

the size of market.

3.9.14.2 FRAMEWORK FOR AN EFFECTIVE ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY

Any effective AMC is highly dependent on two main prerequisites:

(a) Legal Framework and

(b) Licensing and Regulation of AMC.

An AMC should be backed by an adequate legal framework in which both

creditors and debtors have confidence. Besides, defining the rights of ownership and the

legal obligations of debtors and creditors, the legal framework should provide for the

orderly and expeditious resolution of disputed claims, including debt recovery and

realization of collateral for unpaid debt.

While the AMC does provide financial institutions with a powerful weapon to

bring defaulting borrowers to be up to standard, it should not abuse the rights of

borrowers by foreclosing assets indiscriminately. Therefore, the law should provide for

rights of appeal. Under the Securitisation, Reconstruction of Financial Assets and

Enforcement of Security Interest Ordinance 2002 (India) an aggrieved customer may

appeal to the Debts Recovery Tribunal within 45 days. If the borrower is still aggrieved

by an order made by the Debts Recovery Tribunal, he may appeal to an Appellate

Tribunal within 30 days from the date of receipt of

Page 179: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

198

the order of the Debts Recovery Tribunal. A sound regulatory and supervisory

framework is a basic condition to safeguard the smooth running of an AMC. The

mainspring of an asset management policy is non-performing loans. Therefore, the

regulator needs to define an appropriate loan classification system and provisioning rules.

Licensing and regulation of AMC is usually vested with central banks. Applicants have

statutory conditions to fulfill before being licensed. The central bank may cancel a

certificate of registration granted to a securitisation company if such company fails to

comply with any conditions subject to which the certificate was granted. Realization and

securitisation of Assets in order to ensure transparency, the company should maintain

accounts in accordance with requirements and submit or offer for inspection its books of

accounts or other relevant documents when so required by the central bank.

3.9.15 Advances with potential threats of recovery

In respect of accounts where there are potential threats to recovery on account of

erosion in the value of security or non-availability of security and existence of other

factors such as frauds committed by borrowers, it will not be prudent to classify them first

as sub-standard and then as doubtful after expiry of two years from the date the account

has become NPA. In such cases, the account should be straightaway classified as doubtful

asset or loss asset as appropriate irrespective of the period for which it has remained as

NPA.

3.9.15.1 Rescheduled Debts

An asset where the terms of the loan agreement regarding interest and principal have

been renegotiated or resche-duled after commencement of production should be classified

as sub-standard/doubtful and should remain in such category for at least two years of

satisfactory performance under the renegotiated or rescheduled terms. In other words, the

classification of an asset should not be upgraded merely as a result of rescheduling.With

effect from the year ended 31-3-1999, the period of two years may be reduced to one year

(or four quarters) if the interest and instalment of loans have been serviced regularly as per

the terms of reschedulement].

3.9.15.2 Advances granted under rehabilitation packages

As the banks are not permitted to upgrade the classification of any advance in

respect of which the terms had been renegotiated, unless the package of renegotiated

Page 180: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

199

terms have worked satisfactorily for a period of two years, they are required to provide for

according to the classification of the original advances as sub-standard or doubtful on the

additional facilities sanctioned. However, the banks need not provide for a period of one

year from the date of disbursement in respect of additional facilities sanctioned under

rehabilitation packages approved by BIFR/term lending institutions.

Page 181: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

200

Section 3.10:

Foreign Exchange Management:

3.10.1 Foreign Exchange (Forex) Risk 201

3.10.2 Forex Risk Management Measures 201

3.10.3. Capital for Market Risk 202

Page 182: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

201

3.10.1 Foreign Exchange (Forex) Risk

The risk inherent in running open foreign exchange positions have been

heightened in recent years by the pronounced volatility in Forex rates, thereby

adding a new dimension to the risk profile of banks' balance sheets.

Forex risk is the risk that a bank may suffer losses as a result of adverse

exchange rate movements during a period in which it has an open position,

either spot or forward, or a combination of the two, in an individual foreign

currency. The banks are also exposed to interest rate risk, which arises from

the maturity mismatching of foreign currency positions. Even in cases where

spot and forward positions in individual currencies are balanced, the maturity

pattern of forward transactions may produce mismatches. As a result, banks

may suffer losses as a result of changes in premia/discounts of the currencies

concerned. Foreign exchange risk is the risk of loss arising from movements in foreign

exchange rates. This risk arises when there is a difference between financial assets and

liabilities denominated in foreign currencies.

In the Forex business, banks also face the risk of default of the

counterparties or settlement risk. While such type of risk crystallization does

not cause principal loss, banks may have to undertake fresh transactions in the

cash/spot market for replacing the failed transactions. Thus, banks may incur

replacement cost, which depends upon the currency rate movements. Banks

also face another risk called time-zone risk or Herstatt risk which arises out of

time-lags in settlement of one currency in one center and the settlement of

another currency in another time-zone. The Forex transactions with

counterparties from another country also trigger sovereign or country risk.

3.10.2 Forex Risk Management Measures

1. Set appropriate limits - open positions and gaps.

Page 183: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

202

2. Clear-cut and well-defined division of responsibility between front,

middle and back offices.

The top management should also adopt the VaR approach to measure the

risk associated with exposures. Reserve Bank of India has recently introduced

two statements viz. Maturity and Position (MAP) and Interest Rate Sensitivity

(SIR) for measurement of Forex risk exposures. Banks should use these

statements for periodical monitoring of Forex risk exposures.

3.10.3. Capital for Market Risk

The Basle Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) had issued

comprehensive guidelines to provide an explicit capital cushion for the price

risks to which banks are exposed, particularly those arising from their trading

activities. The banks have been given flexibility to use in-house models based

on VaR for measuring market risk as an alternative to a standardized

measurement framework suggested by Basle Committee. The internal models

should, however, comply with quantitative and qualitative criteria prescribed

by Basle Committee.

Reserve Bank of India has accepted the general framework suggested

by the Basle Committee. RBI has also initiated various steps in moving

towards prescribing capital for market risk. As an initial step, a risk weight of

2.5% has been prescribed for investments in Government and other approved

securities, besides a risk weight each of 100% on the open position limits in

Forex and gold. RBI has also prescribed detailed operating guidelines for

Asset-Liability Management System in banks. As the ability of banks to

identify and measure market risk improves, it would be necessary to assign

explicit capital charge for market risk. In the meanwhile, banks are advised to

study the Basle Committee's paper on 'Overview of the Amendment to the

Page 184: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

203

Capital Accord to Incorporate Market Risks' - January 1996. While the small

banks operating predominantly in India could adopt the standardized

methodology, large banks and those banks operating in international markets

should develop expertise in evolving internal models for measurement of

market risk.

The Basle Committee on Banking Supervision proposes to develop

capital charge for interest rate risk in the banking book as well for banks

where the interest rate risks are significantly above average ('outliers'). The

Committee is now exploring various methodologies for identifying 'outliers'

and how best to apply and calibrate a capital charge for interest rate risk for

banks. Once the Committee finalizes the modalities, it may be necessary, at

least for banks operating in the international markets to comply with the

explicit capital charge requirements for interest rate risk in the banking book.

Page 185: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

204

Section 3.11:

New technology and its risk in banks

3.11.1 Introduction 205

3.11.2. What is Technology Risk and it’s importance? 206

3.11.3 Technology-Related Risk Management Process 207

3.11.4. Measure and Monitor Performance 213

3.11.5. Internet Banking Risks 214

3.11.6. Risk Management Tools 218

Page 186: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

205

3.11.1 Introduction

Companies, financial institutions and banks need to address technology risk

management as they implement increasingly powerful, automated technologies to scale

their businesses, more effectively link with customers and business partners, and reach

broader markets. Successful application of these technologies for the delivery of

predictable business value requires careful management and control of a diverse range of

complex legal, regulatory, and business issues. In particular, companies require counsel

with a comprehensive and sensitive understanding of industry trends and practices, business

technology, and associated legal issues to assist them to understand, control and manage the

risks of the new commercial ecosystems in which they are engaged.

For decades, banks used technology almost exclusively for back-office processing.

Today, technology has moved "out front" into virtually all aspects of banking. Technology

is a key aspect of many bank business decisions and many new bank products are reliant on

new technologies. Uses of technology are integral to bank operations and have been a

primary force in creating new competitive opportunities for banks. New and improved

technology-related products and services, delivery channels, and processing options have

changed the way banks make decisions, interact with customers, and process bank

transactions. Although some banks have developed new products and services in-house,

many have relied on vendors to develop and operate their technology-related products and

services.

While new technologies have provided important benefits to banks and their

customers, they also have exposed banks to new and different risks. As banks increase

their dependency on technology to deliver services and process information, the risk of

unfavorable consequences from operational failures increases. For example, some banks

have taken days to recover from operational failures arising out of technology system

failures. Also, as banks continue to increase their retail on-line payments, system security

may pose even greater challenges to banks in the future. These and other technology-

related problems could result in financial and reputation losses, which in turn could

potentially threaten the safety and soundness of an institution.

Increasing reliance on technology and network connectivity, coupled with

increasing threats to information technology resources are demanding more and more bank

resources. A strong information risk management program will help bankers identify and

prioritize risks so that effective controls can be developed to address the risks while

maximizing the bank's return on investment.

Page 187: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

206

Regulators heightened their focus on IT risk in 1999 as technology began redefining

the face of banking PC use was skyrocketing. The TCP/IP communications protocol was

becoming the norm. Broadband was elevating Internet communications to warp speed.

Cyber criminals had started commandeering entire websites, using them to convey their

message or defame organizations. As technology continued to make the transfer and

storage of information easier and faster, regulators became even more concerned. In the

year 2000, additional papers and bulletins were released detailing the importance of

firewalls, intrusion detection systems, and the need to secure local and wide area networks.

3.11.2. What is Technology Risk and it’s importance?

Technology risk, a subset of operational risk, arises through the use, misuse and

abuse of tools, of automation, which we choose to do in order to improve and extend our

business. Automation, it has been said, takes a manual process that works, and turns it into

one which nearly works, but is faster and cheaper, and different.

As we have already discussed, our business information, and therefore the IT

systems and networks that support it, are all important business assets. Their availability,

integrity and confidentiality are essential to the continuance of competitive edge, cash flow,

profitability, compliance and respected organizational image. We recognize that our

organizations are facing increasing security threats from a wide range of sources and, in

particular, IT systems and networks are direct targets for a range of serious threats, which

include computer-based fraud, espionage, sabotage and vandalism. Computer viruses and

hackers continue to emerge and it is reasonable to expect them to become more widespread,

more ambitious and increasingly sophisticated.

Our regulatory bodies should be shows a heightened supervisory interest in the

effectiveness of our security methods, presumably to ensure continued trust in the banking

system. These bodies have made two general observations:

The importance of a comprehensive, management-directed information

security programme which will foster awareness throughout the organization that

information security is considered to be an important cultural value;

That computer networks have the most significant inherent vulnerabilities,

which require continuous attention and proactive support.

Page 188: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

207

The former observation is a lesson that we will have learnt most completely during

the year 2000 exercises. The latter is well accepted by financial institutions, at least in the

way that they approach the use of the Internet – with caution and with security measures

commensurate with the services offered. It is possible, however, that these organizations

may not recognize to the same degree the vulnerabilities of the internal networks.

Technology-Related Risk Management Process

The technology-related risk management process is designed to help a bank to

identify, measure, monitor, and control its risk exposure. The process involves three

essential elements:

(1) Plan for its use of technology,

(2) Decide how it will implement the technology, and

(3) Measure and monitor risk-taking.

3.11.3.1 Plan

When considering whether to adopt a new technology or to upgrade existing

systems, a bank should assess how it will use the technology within the context of its

overall strategic goals and its market. Planning should consider issues such as the:

Costs of development and costs related to designing, Testing, and operating

the systems, both internally and through outside vendors;

Ability to resume operations swiftly and with data intact in the event of

system failure or unauthorized intrusions;

Adequacy of internal controls, including controls for outside vendors; and

Ability to determine when a specific risk exposure exceeds the ability of an

institution to manage and control that risk.

Given the specialized expertise needed to design, implement, and service new

technologies, vendors may provide a valuable means to acquire expertise and resources that

a bank cannot provide on its own. In planning whether and how to contract for its

technology needs, a bank should assess how it will manage the risks associated with these

new relationships. Without adequate controls, the use of vendors to design or support new

Page 189: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

208

bank technologies and systems could increase a bank's exposure to risk. While a bank can

outsource many functions, management remains responsible for the performance and

actions of its vendors while the vendors are performing work for the bank.

Because technology is constantly changing, bank management should periodically

assess its uses of technology as part of its overall business planning. Such an enterprise-

wide and ongoing approach helps to ensure that all major technology projects are consistent

with the bank's plans.71

Proper planning minimizes the likelihood of computer hardware

and software systems incompatibilities and failures, and maximizes the likelihood that a

bank's technology is flexible enough to adapt to future needs of the bank and its customers.

There are three basic components of an effective planning process for technology-

related applications:

(1) Involve the board of directors and senior management in decision-making

throughout the planning process;

(2) Gather and analyze relevant information regarding new and existing

technologies; and

(3) Assess needs and review relevant options.

These components serve to stimulate thoughtful analysis and to ensure coordination

and project integration among all interested parties. For banks with more complex

operations, the interested parties may include technology specialists, marketing

representatives, business managers, and senior management.

Banks that use technology extensively, particularly large banks, should have

sufficient expertise and knowledge among managers and staff to provide critical review and

oversight of technology projects and to manage risks associated with them. Projects should

be coordinated to ensure that they adhere to appropriate policies, standards, and risk

management controls. In addition, senior managers with knowledge of the bank's

technology initiatives should report periodically to the board of directors on technology-

related initiatives.

71 Technology planning often involves strategic, business, and project planning. The strategic plan establishes the overall role of

technology as it relates to the bank's mission and assesses the type of technology that a bank needs to fulfill that role. The business plan

integrates the new technology into existing lines of business and determines the level of technology best suited to meet the needs of particular business lines. The project plan establishes resource needs, time lines, benchmarks, and other information necessary to convert

the business plan into operation. The review and planning cycle may vary depending on the type of institution and its uses of different

types of technologies.

Page 190: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

209

Gather and Analyze Information; as part of this process to gather and analyze

information, banks should:

Banks should review their existing systems (Inventory existing systems and

operations), to determine whether they satisfy current and projected bank needs. They

also should evaluate how new technologies will fit into existing systems and whether

additional changes to those systems will be necessary to accommodate the new

technologies.

Bank management should assess current and developing industry standards

in determining whether to implement specific technologies. Technical standards help to

ensure that systems are compatible and interoperable.

Timing is critical because there are risks in deploying new technologies too

slowly or too rapidly, then management should be determine the right time to deploy new

technology.

Assess Needs and Review Options; in this stage the technology needs of bank

management is carefully assessed and reviewed its options within the context of overall

planning. Management should consider carefully whether the necessary resources, time,

and project management expertise is available to complete successfully any new

technology proposal. Prior to adopting new technologies, bank management should

identify weaknesses or deficiencies in the bank's ability to use them. Management also

should consider whether staff could operate both new and existing systems at the same

time. These considerations will help management to choose the type and level of

technology best suited to support its key business needs and objectives.

Banks should use caution in establishing project objectives and should ensure that

the objectives are neither too ambiguous nor too ambitious. Management should control

the bank's risk exposure through practical planning. This planning may include dividing up

projects into manageable segments and establishing specific decision points as to whether a

project should be modified or terminated. Planning also should establish contingency and

exit plans in the event a new project does not proceed as planned.

Page 191: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

210

3.11.3.2 Implement

Management in place controls should be ensures proper implementation. Proper

implementation of projects and initiatives is needed to convert plans into better products

and services, delivery channels, and processes. Banks should establish the necessary

controls to avoid operational failures and unauthorized intrusions, which could result in,

increased losses and damaged reputation. At a minimum, management should establish

technology standards that set the direction for the bank in terms of the overall structure or

architecture of its technology systems.

Management should establish priorities to ensure proper coordination and

integration of projects among managers, work units, and team members. Proper project

implementation includes controls, policies and procedures, training, testing, contingency

planning, and proper oversight of any outsourcing. Management should provide clearly

defined expectations, including user and resource requirements, cost estimates, project

benchmarks, and expected delivery dates. Proper project monitoring by all relevant

parties is important. Project managers should inform senior management of obstacles as

early as possible to ensure that proper controls are in place and corrective action can be

taken to manage risk exposure.

3.11.3.3 Controls

Banks should adopt adequate controls based on the degree of exposure and the

potential risk of loss arising from the use of technology. Controls should include clear and

measurable performance goals, the allocation of specific responsibilities for key project

implementation, and independent mechanisms that will both measure risks and minimize

excessive risk- taking. These controls should be re-evaluated periodically.

Bank information system security controls are particularly important. Security

measures should be clearly defined with measurable performance standards. Responsible

personnel should be assigned to ensure a comprehensive security program. Bank

management should take necessary steps to protect mission-critical systems from

unauthorized intrusions. Systems should be safeguarded, to the extent possible, against

risks associated with fraud, negligence, and physical destruction of bank property. Control

Page 192: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

211

points should include facilities, personnel, policies and procedures, network controls,

system controls, and vendors. For example, security access restrictions, background checks

on employees, separation of duties, and audit trails are important precautions to protect

system security within the bank and with vendors. As technologies and systems change or

mature, security controls may need to change periodically as well.

3.11.3.4 Policies and Procedures

The management should adopt and enforces appropriate policies and procedures to

manage risk related to a bank's use of technology. The effectiveness of these policies and

procedures depends largely on whether they are in practice among bank personnel and

vendors. Testing compliance with these policies and procedures often helps banks correct

problems before they become serious. Clearly written and frequently communicated

policies can establish clear assignments of duties, help employees to coordinate and

perform their tasks effectively and consistently, and aid in the training of new employees.

Bank management should ensure that policies, procedures, and systems are current and well

documented.

3.11.3.5 Expertise and Training

The management should has a plan to ensure that key employees and vendors have

the expertise and skills to perform necessary functions and that they are properly trained.

Management should allocate sufficient resources to hire and train employees and to ensure

that adequate back -up exists if a critical person leaves. Training may include technical

course work, attendance at industry conferences, participation in industry working groups,

as well as time allotment for appropriate staff to keep abreast of important technological

and market developments. Training also includes outreach to customers to ensure that a

bank's customers understand how to use or access a bank's technology products and

services and that they are able to do so in an appropriate and sound manner.

3.11.3.6 Testing

The management should have thoroughly tested new technology systems and

products. Testing validates that equipment and systems function properly and produce the

Page 193: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

212

desired results. As part of the testing process, management should verify whether new

technology systems operate effectively with the bank's older technology and, where

appropriate, should include vendors. Pilot programs or prototypes can be helpful in

developing new technology applications before they are used on a broad scale. Testing

should be conducted periodically to help manage risk exposure.

3.11.3.7 Contingency Planning and Business Continuity

The bank systems should be assessed whether the systems are designed to reduce

bank vulnerability to system failures, unauthorized intrusions, and other problems. Back-up

systems should be exist and have been fully maintained and tested on a regular basis to

minimize the risk of system failures and unauthorized intrusions. The risk of equipment

failure and human error is possible in all systems. This risk may result from sources both

within and beyond the bank's control. System failures and unauthorized intrusions may

result from design defects, insufficient system capacity, and destruction of a facility by

natural disasters or fires, security breaches, inadequate staff training, or uncontrolled

reliance on vendors.

Business continuity plans should be in place before a bank implements new

technology. They should establish a bank's course of action in the event of a system failure

or unauthorized intrusions and should be integrated with all other business continuity plans

for bank operations. The plan may address data recovery, alternate data- processing

capabilities, emergency staffing, and customer service support. Management should

establish a communications plan that designates key personnel and outlines a program for

employee notification. The plan should include a public relations and outreach strategy to

respond promptly to customer and media reaction to system failure or unauthorized

intrusions. Management also should plan for how it may respond to events outside the bank

that may substantially affect customer confidence, such as an operational failure

experienced by a competitor that relies on similar technology.

Page 194: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

213

3.11.3.8 Outsourcing

Bank management's efforts should be assessed to ensure that all necessary controls

are in place to manage risks associated with outsourcing and external alliances.

Management should ensure that vendors have the necessary expertise, experience, and

financial strength to fulfill their obligations. They also should ensure that the expectations

and obligations of each party are clearly defined, understood and otherwise enforceable.

For example, management should make certain that the bank has audit rights for vendors so

that the bank can monitor performance under the vendor contract.

The key elements of proper project implementation apply whether a bank relies on

employees, vendors, or a combination to develop and implement projects. Failure to

establish necessary controls may result in compromised security, substandard service, and

the installation of incompatible equipment, system failure, uncontrolled costs, and the

disclosure of private customer information. If a bank joins or forms alliances with other

banks or companies, management should perform adequate due diligence to ensure that the

joint-venture partners are competent and have the financial strength to fulfill their

obligations. Adequate bank resources will be required to monitor and measure

performance under the terms of any third-party agreement.

3.11.4. Measure and Monitor Performance

Management should monitor and measure the performance of technology-related

products, services, delivery channels, and processes in order to avoid potential operational

failures and to mitigate the damage that may arise if such failures occur.

Management should be established controls that identify and manage risks so that

the bank can adequately manage them. To ensure accountability, management should

specify which managers are responsible for the business goals, objectives, and results of

specific technology projects or systems and should establish controls, which are

independent of the business unit, to ensure that risks are properly managed. Technology

processes should be reviewed periodically for quality and compliance with control

requirements.

Page 195: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

214

3.11.4.1 Auditing

The adequacy of audits in identifying and managing technology-related risks

should be assessed. Auditors provide an important control mechanism for detecting

deficiencies and managing risks in the implementation of technology. They should be

qualified to assess the specific risks that arise from specific uses of technology. Bank

management should provide auditors with adequate information regarding standards,

policies, procedures, applications, and systems. Auditors should consult with bank

management during the planning process to ensure that technology-related systems are

audited thoroughly and in a cost-effective manner.

3.11.4.2 Quality Assurance

Bank management should established procedures to ensure that quality assurance

efforts take place and that the results are incorporated into future planning in order to

manage and limit excessive risk taking. These procedures may include, for example,

internal performance measures, focus groups and customer surveys. The quality of

assurance should be reviews whenever it engages in a significant combination with another

institution or acquires another business.

As part of both planning and monitoring, banks must establish clearly defined

measurement objectives and conduct periodic reviews to ensure that goals and standards

established by bank management are met. Goals and standards should include an emphasis

on data integrity, which is essential to any effective use of technology. Information should

be complete and accurate both before and after it is processed. This is a particular concern

in any significant merger with other institutions or acquisition of other businesses. Control

of technology projects is complex because of the difficulty in measuring progress and

determining actual costs. It is important that bank management establish benchmarks that

are appropriate for particular applications. Ultimately, the success of technology depends

on whether it delivers the intended results.

3.11.5. Internet Banking Risks

The Internet is not simply another distribution channel for the financial institution's

products, and offering banking services on the Internet is not as simple as adding a new

Page 196: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

215

branch. Further, the risks presented by Internet banking extend beyond the realm of

firewalls and access controls. It cannot be overstated that the risks of offering Internet

banking need to be actively evaluated and addressed by the Board; mere reliance upon

technical "gurus" will not suffice.

Beyond the highly publicized concerns regarding hackers and viruses that can

threaten the institution's performance, Internet banking heightens various types of

traditional risks. A complete understanding of how these general business risks affect the

financial institution - and, potentially, its directors - must be considered and addressed

before senior management and the Board approve a plan to implement an Internet banking

platform.

Regulators outline six general business risk categories (strategic, operational,

reputation, transactional, compliance, and credit) that may be impacted by implementing an

Internet banking program. These risk categories are discussed briefly below, with emphasis

on directors' duties and responsibilities.

3.11.5.1. Strategic Risk

Expanding into Internet banking requires as much, if not more, strategic evaluation

and planning by management as expanding existing banking services into a new geographic

or economic area. Strategic risk may arise from a lack of appropriate planning and

implementation of Internet technology or from a failure to adequately evaluate how Internet

banking will impact the institution's overall business strategy. Poor financial performance

arising from a badly designed website or from over-commitment of the institution's

resources to Internet banking at the expense of more traditional activities can result in

impaired earnings and/or capital, ultimately giving rise to shareholder class action lawsuits

or regulatory actions against your directors.

3.11.5.2. Operational Risk

Universal access to the Internet eliminates traditional geographic boundaries, and

provides a larger pool of potential customers compared to conventional forms of marketing.

Internet customers have a greater tendency to shop for the best rates and terms and may

exhibit little or no loyalty to a particular institution. This can increase deposit volatility

arising from shifts in interest rates. Further, a financial institution may be exposed to price

risk if it uses the Internet to create or expand its deposit brokering, loan sales or

securitization programs. Consequently, the institution must be ready to respond quickly to

Page 197: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

216

changes in market conditions, must have appropriate asset/liability and loan portfolio

management systems in place, and may need to increase monitoring of liquidity and

fluctuations in the loan and deposit ratio.

Since Internet banking broadens the institution's pool of potential customers, it also

increases the risk of being sued in an unfriendly or inconvenient venue. The effect of such

broadened exposure on the financial institution's resources and the ability of the institution

to respond to suits in distant jurisdictions must be fully evaluated. Consideration should be

given to limiting the financial institution's exposure through geographic restrictions of

customers.

3.11.5.3. Reputation Risk

Negative publicity about a financial institution's Internet banking services can affect

relationships with existing and potential customers, lead to expensive litigation, and impair

earnings and capital. Damage to the institution's reputation can occur if its Internet banking

program is not user-friendly or is unreasonably slow. Reports of unauthorized access to

information via the financial institution's website can create concerns about the

confidentiality of customers' financial information. Loss of communications or other

system failures can also impact the bank's reputation.

Hyperlinks to third-party websites may be viewed by financial institution customers

as an endorsement of the products, services or information on the third-party's website. To

mitigate potential problems arising from acts of the third-party (i.e., if the third-party site

contains inaccurate or offensive information), the website should make it clear to users

when they are leaving the website and transferring to the site of another entity with proper

disclaimers of liability. The institution should also have procedures in place to evaluate the

websites of third parties before and after any link is established.

3.11.5.4. Transactional Risk

Transactional risk is the risk to earnings and capital resulting from fraud, error, or

inability to deliver the product or service. In an Internet banking environment, the

institution is exposed to significant transactional risk due to potential deficiencies in system

reliability and integrity, internal (employee) and external (hacker) security breaches, poor

design, implementation and maintenance, and customer misuse, both intentional and

unintentional.

Page 198: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

217

Additional transactional risk results from the need to outsource many Internet-

related activities to third-party service providers, whose practices are beyond the immediate

control of the institution. The inability of a vendor to provide reliable, secure service for

any reason or the vendor's failure to maintain confidentiality of customer data can result in

claims against the institution.

3.11.5.5. Compliance Risk

Compliance risk arises from potential violations of the many statutes, rules and

regulations to which the financial services industry is subject. Violations of these rules

expose the institution, and possibly its directors, to fines, civil money penalties, civil

damages and regulatory orders. Violations can also lead to reputation damage, loss of

business opportunities, reduced earnings and lack of contract enforceability. In general, all

of the statutes, rules and regulations that apply to "brick and mortar" banking also apply to

banking services provided on the Internet.

However, it is not always clear how laws and regulations designed for a "brick and

mortar" institution should be implemented in the changing technological environment of an

Internet website. Thus, the risk associated with compliance with the myriad statutes, rules

and regulations to which all financial institutions are subject is heightened when the

institution provides services or information on the Internet. If Internet banking services are

provided to customers in foreign countries, regulatory compliance is further complicated

since these countries may seek to apply their laws and regulations to a foreign bank

conducting transactions with a customer located in that country.

3.11.5.6. Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the institution resulting when a borrower or

other obligor fails to meet contractual obligations. The inherent lack of personal contact,

potential geographic distance and difficulties of verifying collateral and perfecting security

agreements magnify credit risk in the Internet banking scenario. Concentration in out-of-

area credits or credits within a single industry provide additional risk. Analysis of credit

risk is further complicated by the unsettled question of which state or country's law controls

an Internet relationship. The Board must ensure that its directors understand the risks

associated with Internet lending transactions and that their lending policies, procedures and

practices adequately address the unique risks associated with such transactions.

Page 199: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

218

3.11.6. Risk Management Tools

Once management has assessed the risks of elevating an Internet banking platform

and decided to proceed with offering Internet banking services, the following risk

management tools are necessary to ensure that the safety and soundness of the institution

are preserved.

Management Oversight

Strategic Plan

Vendor Due Diligence

Audit and Internal Controls

Compliance Review

Insurance

3.11.6.1 Management Oversight

Consistent with its other duties to the institution, the Board of Directors bears the

ultimate responsibility for the deployment of electronic systems and should approve the

overall business and technology strategies. The heightened risks inherent in Internet

banking - stemming from global access to confidential and proprietary information, rapidly

advancing technology, significant allocation of resources and reliance on vendor

competence - compel active Board oversight.

This process involves undergoing a comprehensive risk analysis and feasibility

study, formalizing a Strategic Plan, and developing appropriate written policies and

procedures. The Strategic Plan should be reviewed at least annually and updated as needed

to address technological advances and material changes or major deviations. As always,

documentation of all critical aspects of the process should be detailed in the Board minutes.

Documentation of this process is a critical component in formulating a defense using the

Business Judgment Rule.

Management should have the authority and resources to implement the Internet

banking plan; however, failure of the Board to oversee its direction and continuously

monitor the implementation against the Strategic Plan can result in not only risk to the

integrity of the institution, but also personal liability for directors and officers. In the face

of any potential exposures, management involvement and Board oversight are evidenced

through:

Page 200: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

219

Board minutes documenting director discussions regarding the planning

process;

A written Strategic Plan formalizing the Internet banking plan;

Documentation of the risk analysis and steps taken to mitigate risks; and

Implementation of adequate policies and procedures.

3.11.6.2 Strategic Plan

In a recent survey of community banks involved in Internet banking, 52% did not

have a Strategic Plan. Such a plan is critical to ensure that the Board of Directors perform

adequate due diligence. Just like any other Strategic Plan, the Internet banking

Strategic Plan should be reviewed regularly and modified as necessary, both pre- and post-

implementation, and issues and their resolutions presented to senior management and the

Board. A Strategic Plan must be dynamic and reflect the experience and forward vision of

the institution, or it will not be effective as a tool for managing the risks inherent in the

undertaking.

3.11.6.3 Vendor Due Diligence

Financial institutions venturing into the Internet arena rely heavily on external

vendors to provide technological expertise beyond the grasp of the financial institution's

management. Reliance on a third-party to perform critical functions, particularly in the

Internet arena, demands that management scrutinize the vendor very closely to ensure that

it meets the institution's needs and minimizes potential exposures. Due diligence must take

into consideration the following four areas:

Expertise, Reputation and Service Expectations: The vendor must possess the

technical expertise to provide and service the Internet banking program. While management

will not likely assess the technical expertise to evaluate the vendor's abilities, due diligence

should include researching regulatory and independent third-party reviews, as well as peer

references.

Regulators conduct intensive reviews of all major vendors that provide Internet banking

products. They require that all Internet banking vendors undergo an external audit and

security assessment, the results of which are available to management. There may also be

other vendor information available to assist you in your efforts. For example, the Banking

Industry Technology Secretariat (BITS), in an effort to further the growth and safety of

Page 201: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

220

Internet banking, has developed criteria by which a vendor can obtain a BITS "tested

mark", ensuring that the vendor and its products have met established security criteria.

As with all outsourcing arrangements, it is prudent to consult with the vendors' customers

to gauge post-implementation satisfaction. You should also contact state and national

industry associations to collect any available information about potential vendors. Be sure

to document your efforts and ultimate decisions regarding your choice of an Internet

banking vendor.

Security, Monitoring Reports and Systems Testing: Security precautions,

including fire walls, encryption and intrusion detection, as well as contingency disaster

recovery plans for the Internet banking vendor, must be adequate to safeguard both the

assets of the institution and the integrity of its data. Further, audit reports and systems

monitoring reports should not only be available, but should be reviewed by both vendor

management and the financial institution. In order to assist you in managing transaction

risk, reports should be available to monitor:

Transaction activity to look for anomalies in transaction types, volumes, values

and time-of-day presentment;

Log-on violations or attempts to identify patterns of suspect activity; and

Restricted transactions, correcting and reversing entries or unsuccessful attempts

to access restricted information.

The bank should also determine the extent and frequency of systems testing at the

vendor level. Stress testing to ensure systems capacity and vulnerability or penetration

testing should be performed on a regular basis to safeguard the financial institution's assets.

In addition, the vendor should be required to undergo periodic security audits by a qualified

third-party, and the results of those tests be made available to management in a timely

fashion.

Indemnification, Liability and Insurance:

Many vendor contracts disclaim vendor liability for negligence, errors and

omissions. It is therefore imperative that, in addition to standard contract provisions, the

institutions have counsel review the contract language with regard to limitations of liability

and indemnification. All vendor contracts should hold the financial institution harmless for

losses resulting from vendor negligence, misconduct, and breach of security. If the vendor

contract does not contain these provisions, the institution may be assuming liability under

Page 202: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

221

contract for which it would not otherwise be held legally liable.

In addition to the financial condition of the vendor, management should explore the extent

of insurance that the vendor maintains to protect itself and its customers against losses

arising from negligence, misconduct, breach of security and liability exposures.

Financial Condition:

In a recent discussion about Internet banking vendors, one community banker

expressed that "I rely on them tremendously and their contract holds them liable for any

problems that arise; however, looking at their financial condition, I'm not sure I'd make a

loan to them!" While a vendor may assume full liability by contract, financial instability

may negate any indemnification in the case of a severe loss. After the Internet banking

program is implemented, management should continue to monitor the financial condition of

the vendor on an ongoing basis. Establishing a process to monitor the institution's vendors

will help to avoid an interruption of service caused by an unanticipated decline in or

cessation of vendor operations.

3.11.6.4 Audit and Internal Controls

Many directors make the mistake of assuming that they can rely on the vendor to

provide the appropriate audit and internal controls for the Internet banking platform.

However, it is imperative that the appropriate audit and internal control procedures also be

implemented internally, as well. If audit trails are insufficient, electronic fraud might go

undetected for a significant period of time. Regular audits of internal control systems help

ensure that internal controls are appropriate and functioning properly. The internal audit

policy should be modified to encompass all online activities, and internal controls should be

commensurate with the level of Internet risk. An objective independent review of the

institution's online banking product, through the development phase and ongoing operation,

is also critical to detect any weaknesses in security or operations. Therefore, management

should ensure that both the internal and external audit functions are adequately

comprehensive and encompass all electronic banking activities.

3.11.6.5 Compliance Review

To ensure that the institution minimizes compliance risk when introducing any type

of Internet service, the compliance officer should be involved throughout the development

and implementation stages to ensure that all relevant compliance issues are addressed. It is

Page 203: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

222

critical that institutions providing electronic delivery services maintain an in-depth

knowledge of the continuously evolving statutes and regulations as they are modified to

address Internet banking.

Ensuring that the Internet banking vendor has an understanding of compliance

issues is also important in laying the groundwork for compliance. Continuous monitoring

of developments in banking regulations is a process that all financial institutions must have

in place. How these banking rules and regulations impact Internet banking and the website

should be incorporated into the regular compliance review function.

3.11.6.6 Insurance

Even with the best review and controls in place, losses may occur. As a safety net,

the institution's insurance program should be reviewed very closely to ensure that losses

stemming from Internet banking are covered to the fullest extent possible. At the very least,

the Board should consult with an insurance professional to determine the scope of existing

coverage. It may be appropriate to increase the limits on your existing insurance policies or

purchase an "e-insurance" policy to cover your Internet banking exposure. Before you

review your insurance portfolio with your insurance professional, be sure that you

understand the types of products and services offered over the Internet, functionality of the

website, customer base, reliance upon third-party service providers, contractual

arrangements, and use of web technology. When you review your insurance portfolio, you

will find that the insurance industry has not kept pace with technological change; therefore,

existing policies may not cover, or only partially cover, losses resulting from Internet

banking.

Page 204: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

223

Section 3.12:

Value at Risk (VaR)

3.12.1 Introduction 224

3.12.2 What is VaR? 225

3.12.3 VaR parameters 228

3.12.4 Use of VaR in Risk Measures 229

3.12.5 Determining VaR 231

3.12.6 Risk Metrics 237

Page 205: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

224

3.12.7 Introduction

Measuring of risks, associated with being a participant in the financial markets, has become

the focus of intense study by banks, corporations, investment managers and regulators. Certain

risks such as counter party default have always figured at the top of most banks' concerns. Others,

such as, market risk (the potential loss associated with market behavior) have only been in the lime

light over the past few years.

Imagine selling a product or making a loan to your customer because it has the proper

correlation. Imagine that your customer issue‘s debt in a foreign currency and needs a

hedge based on decreasing exposure to price movements. Does fixed debt provide the right

correlation or is a currency swap, long dated forward or a basket option the most

appropriate hedge? If you know your customer‘s Value at Risk (VaR) parameters, you can

answer the question.

In economics and finance, VaR is a measure (a number) saying how the market value of an

asset or of a portfolio of assets is likely to decrease over a certain time period (usually over

1 day or 10 days) under usual conditions. It is typically used by security houses or

investment banks to measure the market risk of their asset portfolios (market value at

risk), but is actually a very general concept that has broad application.

VaR is a relatively new tool in the effort to measure risk. We have been following

the development of and discourse on VaR since 1994, when J.P. Morgan developed the first

set of standardized assumptions (called RiskMetrics) for use by VaR models. While we

have never used a VaR methodology for institutional portfolios, we have made similar

calculations with portfolio analytics. Our long-term estimates of portfolio returns in the 5th

percentile are analogous to a VaR estimate, in that it is a descriptor of ―downside risk.‖ We

believe that VaR is more suited to day-today portfolio monitoring, and not easily applicable

to long-term institutional portfolios.

VaR analysis began in the early 1990‘s as a way for Wall Street firms to estimate

their daily exposure to trading losses. In 1995 the Basle Capital Accord endorsed the use of

VaR in determining capital requirements for banks, lending credibility to the practice. The

Securities and Exchange Commission also forwarded VaR as one of three possible methods

for the disclosure of derivative exposure by U.S. corporations.

Page 206: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

225

The goal of VaR is to calculate the expected down-side loss over a specified time

period with a specified degree of certainty. A common time period used for VaR is one day

or one month, since largely traders and financial institutions with multi-currency portfolios

have used it. Confidence levels are usually calculated at the 95th and 99th percentiles. Part

of the basic foundation for VaR comes from Modern Portfolio Theory (MPT). The

calculations implicitly include the volatility-dampening effects of diversification when

examining a multi-asset or multi-currency portfolio. For an international bank, this means

recognizing that stocks and bonds denominated in various currencies will not all move in

the same direction (and to the same degree) at once. It also allows a bank to summarize its

risk from various assets into one measure denominated in the bank‘s home currency.

Value-at-Risk (VAR) is a method of measuring the financial risk of an asset,

portfolio, or total exposure of banks or an institution over some specific period of time.

VAR produces a summary risk measure across different financial instruments and business

activity. For a financial institution, VAR considers interest rate risk, credit risk, foreign

exchange risk, etc. This measure is typically used as an approximation of the maximum

reasonable loss banks or an institution can expect to realize from all its financial exposures

VAR has been accepted by the Basle Committee, the international organization for

uniform risk management of banks for the G-10 countries. The Basle Committee first

developed criteria for risk-rating assets on- and off-balance sheet for G-10 banks in 1988.

In the recent years the committee re-addressed the risk criteria and decided that VAR would

be the new risk measurement standard for G-10 banks beginning in 2000.

3.12.8 What is VaR?

Value-at-Risk is a summary statistic that quantifies the exposure of an asset,

portfolio or entire institution to market risk, or the risk that a position declines in value with

adverse market price changes. To arrive at a VAR measure for a given portfolio, banks or

an institution must first generate a probability distribution of possible changes in the value

of some portfolio over a specific time or ‗risk horizon‘ (e.g. one day). The value at risk of

the portfolio is the dollar loss corresponding to some pre-defined probability level (usually

5% but may be less) as defined by the left-hand tail of the distribution.

Page 207: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

226

One feature of VAR is its consistent measurement of financial risk. By expressing

risk using a possible dollar loss metric, VAR makes possible direct comparisons of risk

across different business line and distinct financial products (e.g. interest rate or currency

swaps). In addition to consistency, VAR also is probability based. With whatever degree of

confidence banks or an institution wants to specify, VAR enables the firm to associate a

specific loss with that level of confidence. Therefore, VAR measures can be interpreted as

forward-looking approximations of potential market risk. A third feature of VAR is its

reliance on a common time horizon called the risk horizon.

The literature on VaR has developed greatly in the last few years. Several articles

calculate the estimate of market risk on the basis of VaR, using various methods. Lopez

(1996) compares these methods, and assesses the accuracy of each one. Jackson et al.

(1997) examine the possibility of predicting the variance of risk factors (interest rates, share

prices, and exchange rates), and compare parametric and non-parametric methods of

measuring VaR, while Crnkovic and Drachman (1996) examine the possibility of

predicting all the parameters of distribution of risk factors. Bassi et al. (1996) discuss the

difficulties of estimating the probability that exceptional events will occur, and recommend

preferring the use of extreme values rather than the accepted methods of calculating VaR.

Kupiec (1995) ran backtesting for the VaR model, examining the length of time that passed

until the first failure of the estimate, as well as performance tests for the failure rate. At a

later stage the Basle Committee adopted these tests as the basis for examining banks‘

internal models. These studies do not provide clear statistical tests of the accuracy of each

of the estimation methods, and most of them deal neither with the capital requirement,

which is derived from the various methods of calculating variance, nor with the subject of

the use of historical market data rather than simulations.

Investigation of the advantages and disadvantages of each method as regards the

following aspects: time of calculation vis-à-vis accuracy of estimates (Pritsker, 1997);

adaptation to different geographical regions (Powell and Balzarotti, 1996); the effect of

financial instruments included in the trading book (Aussenegg and Pichler, 1997). Among

the studies that examined the application of VaR models in different countries, that of

Powell and Balzarotti (1996), which compares the application of VaR models and the

standard approach in several Latin American countries, is particularly interesting. To some

extent, the current study takes a similar approach, as there are greater similarities between

Page 208: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

227

the macroeconomic characteristics some western countries (the G10) that use VaR models.

Powell and Balzarotti (1996) reach the conclusion that the standard approach is preferable

to the various VaR models for the purposes of supervisory bodies, but this is merely an

assessment.

The various internal models make several assumptions and use different

measurement tools, which could produce varying results for the same set of market

parameters and positions in the trading book. Furthermore, VaR models are highly sensitive

to assumptions and the way data are estimated, especially in the context of assets that are

not basically linear, such as derivatives (Marshall and Seigel, 1997). Marshall and Seigel

note that this sensitivity, and the freedom banks have to determine the formation of the

internal models, could expose the supervisory and banking systems to ‗implementation

risk.‘ Thus, the wide variety of points that have to be taken into account when estimating

VaR, and the considerable freedom of choice the authorities give the banks that adopt

internal models, could give rise to implementation risk, i.e., significant differences in

results for identical portfolios and the same market parameters, as is in fact reported by

Marshall and Seigel (1997).

A variety of models exist for estimating VaR. Each model has its own set of

assumptions, but the most common assumption is that historical market data is our best

estimator for future changes. Several articles72

compare the standard approach to estimating

market risk, as presented by the Basle Committee, with the VaR model, which is based on

three main approaches:

(a) variance-covariance (VCV), assuming that risk factor returns are always

(jointly) normally distributed and that the change in portfolio value is linearly dependent on

all risk factor returns,

(b) the historical simulation, assuming that asset returns in the future will have the

same distribution as they had in the past (historical market data),

(c) Monte Carlo simulation, where future asset returns are more or less randomly

simulated

72 Hendricks (1996), Pritsker (1997), Linsmeier and Pearson (1996), Jackson et al. (1997), and Aussenegg and Pichler (1997).

Page 209: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

228

To estimate the VAR of a portfolio, possible future values of that portfolio must be

generated, yielding a distribution called the VAR distribution. Once the VAR distribution is

created for a chosen risk horizon, the VAR itself is just a number on the curve (i.e. the

change in value of the portfolio leaving the specified amount of probability in the left-hand

tail.

Creating a VAR distribution for a particular portfolio and a given risk horizon can

be viewed as a two-step process. First, the price or return distributions for each individual

security or asset in the portfolio must be generated. These distributions represent possible

value changes in each of the component asset in the portfolio over the risk horizon. Assets

are assumed to have payoffs to be linear. If an asset‘s payoff is non-linear (e.g. a bond

option) then one must first generate changes in the underlying bond‘s price and its volatility

and then compute associated option price changes rather than generating option price

changes directly. Next, the individual distributions must be aggregated into a portfolio

distribution using appropriate measures of correlation. The resulting portfolio distribution

then serves as the basis for the VAR summary measure.

An assumption in VAR calculations is that the portfolio whose risk is being

evaluated does not change over the risk horizon. This is probably not a bad assumption if

the time horizon is short, such as one day. However, it would probably not be a good

assumption over long time horizons, such as one year.

3.12.9 VaR parameters

VaR has three parameters:

The time horizon (period) we are going to analyze (i. e. the length of time over

which we plan to hold the assets in the portfolio - the "holding period"). The typical

holding period is 1 day, although 10 days are used, for example, to compute capital

requirements under the European Capital Adequacy Directive (CAD). For some problems,

even a holding period of 1 year is appropriate.

The confidence level at which we plan to make the estimate. Popular confidence

levels usually are 99% and 95%.

The unit of the currency which will be used to denominate the VaR.

Page 210: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

229

VaR, with the parameters: holding period x days; confidence level y%, measures what will

be the maximum loss (i. e. decrease in portfolio market value) over x days, if one assumes

that the x-days period will not be one of the (100 − y)% x-days periods that are the worst

under normal conditions. One can also define VaR as a lower y% quantile of a profit/loss

probability distribution, i.e., it is a best outcome from a set of bad outcomes on a bad day.

Note that VaR cannot anticipate changes in the composition of the portfolio during the day.

Instead, it reflects the riskiness of the portfolio based on the portfolio's current composition.

Example

Consider a trading portfolio. Its market value in US dollars today is known, but its market

value tomorrow is not known. The investment bank holding that portfolio might report that

its portfolio has a 1-day VaR of $5 million at the 95% confidence level. This implies that

(provided usual conditions will prevail over the 1 day) the bank can expect that, with a

probability of 95%, the value of its portfolio will decrease by 5 million or less during 1 day,

or in other words: it can expect that with a probability of 5% (i. e. 100%-95%) the value of

its portfolio will decrease by more than 5 million during 1 day. Stated yet differently, the

bank can expect that the value of its portfolio will decrease by 5 million or less on 95 out of

100 usual trading days, in other words by more than 5 million on 5 out of every 100 usual

trading days.

3.12.10 Use of VaR in Risk Measures

To understand when a VaR calculation is useful we must look at the assumptions

underlying the calculation. The premise underlying VaR is that there is a set of random

variables that affect the value of our portfolio and that it is possible to determine the future

statistical properties of these variables.

VaR seems most useful as a risk measure in liquid markets. Invariably we end up

assuming that the future will be like the past and that we can observe the past sufficiently

clearly to determine its statistical properties. These assumptions seem to work well in liquid

markets that are actively traded. For instance, we have enough observations to show that

the statistical properties of stock prices do not change too much over time, and that the

changes that occur seem to be fairly gradual in general. Thus, we can have reasonable

Page 211: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

230

confidence that recent stock price history allows us to forecast the near future statistical

behavior of stock prices. In liquid, active markets we can use VaR to measure how much

risk or exposure we are willing to take on. It provides a reasonably good measure of the

likely worst-case loss that we will face and if this loss occurs we can use the market

liquidity to terminate further losses.

In less liquid markets VaR does not seem to be as useful a risk measure for several

reasons. It is usually not possible to observe enough transactions to determine what the

statistical properties of the market are. For instance, in the real estate market there are quite

a few transactions but liquidity is not high and each transaction is to some extent unique.

For any particular real estate asset not only do we not know how the prices may vary over

time but we may be reasonably uncertain about the current value of the asset.

Even if we knew the statistical properties of the market, the lack of liquidity means

that it might take several months to sell our portfolio. In this case we would have to forecast

our loss limits over this much greater time span. However, as we try to predict farther into

the future our predictions become much more uncertain. The way prices behave may

change slowly but it does change. Three weeks from now the market may be much more or

less volatile than it is now.

In summary VaR seems to be most useful as a risk control for actively managed

portfolios in liquid markets. In these circumstances it provides a plausible measure of how

large the losses might be before mitigating action can instigated. Even in these

circumstances VaR is not an infallible risk measure. There are rare occasions when the

nature of the market changes drastically in a very short space of time. The dramatic one-day

decline of global equity markets in October 1987 is a good illustration of such an event.

The risk of this type of event is not captured by VaR measures. Often, stress scenarios of

this type to measure the catastrophic risks that a portfolio faces augment the VaR analysis.

The purpose of any risk measurement system and summary statistic is to facilitate

risk reporting and control decisions. The popularity of VAR owes much to Dennis

Weatherstone, former chairman of J.P. Morgan & Co., Inc., who demanded to know the

total market risk exposure of the firm by 4:15 pm every day. The demand was met by the

creation of RiskMetrics, a program that provided the required information.

Page 212: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

231

Commercial banks use VAR measures to quantify current trading exposures and

compare them to established counter-party risk limits. Further, VAR can assist banks in

monitoring their customer credit exposure, in setting exposure limits, and in determining

and enforcing collateral requirements. Increasingly, banks are using VAR as a monitoring

tool for detecting unauthorized increases in certain off-balance sheet positions.

However, for intermediaries whose mission is to take some risks (for banks this

would be credit risks), VAR measures of risk are meaningful only when interpreted

alongside estimates of corresponding potential gains.

3.12.11 Determining VaR

Calculating VAR is easy once you have generated the probability distribution for

future values of the portfolio. Creating that VAR distribution can be difficult. There are

numerous methods for calculating the VAR distribution ranging from the simple variance-

based approaches to the more esoteric conditional-variance models. We will focus on

RiskMetrics

In all the methods VaR is calculated on the same schematic basis: first, basic

parameters, such as the period of the sample, the holding period, and the confidence level,

are set; then the relevant risk factors are selected and risk mapping is undertaken; finally,

VaR is calculated. One of the main problems in estimating market risks by means of VaR is

calculating the contribution of each risk factor to the total risk in the portfolio. For this

purpose, the effect on the value of the portfolio of a change in each of the risk factors, or in

the position of each asset, must be calculated holding everything else constant.

The methods for calculating VaR are usually divided into two:

1. Parametric and;

2. Nonparametric.

Page 213: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

232

How to Calculate Value-at-Risk

VAR IN CONCEPT

A conceptual illustration of VaR is given at Fig. 1. A market risk estimate can be

calculated by following these steps:

Fig. 1

Value the current portfolio using today‘s prices, the components of which

are ―market factors‖. For example the market factors that affect the value of a bond

denominated in a foreign currency are the term structure of that currency‘s interest rate

(either the zero coupon curve or the par yield curve) and the exchange rate;

Revalue the portfolio, using alternative prices based on changed market

factors and calculate the change in the portfolio value that would result.

Revaluing the portfolio using a number of alternative prices gives a

distribution of changes in value. Given this a portfolio value-at-risk can be specified in

terms of confidence levels;

The risk manager can calculate the maximum the bank can lose over a

specified time horizon at a specified probability level.

Page 214: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

233

In implementing VaR the main problem is finding a way to obtain a series of

vectors of different market factors. We will see how the various methodologies try to

resolve this issue for each of the three methods that can be used to calculate VaR.

3.12.5.1 HISTORICAL METHOD

Values of the market factors for a particular historical period are collected and

changes in these values over the time horizon are observed for use in the calculation. For

instance if a 1-day VaR is required using the past 100 trading days, each of the market

factors will have a vector of observed changes that will be made up of the 99 changes in

value of the market factor. A vector of alternative values is created for each of the market

factors by adding the current value of the market factor to each of the values in the vector

of observed changes.

The portfolio value is found using the current and alternative values for the market

factors. The changes in portfolio value between the current value and the alternative values

are then calculated. The final step is to sort the changes in portfolio value from the lowest

value to highest value and determine VaR based on the desired confidence interval. For a

one day, 95% confidence level VaR using the past 100 trading days, the VaR would be the

95th most adverse change in portfolio value.

3.12.5.2.1 SIMULATION METHOD

The first step is to define the parameters of the distributions for the changes in

market factors, including correlations among these factors. Normal and lognormal

distributions are usually used to estimate changes in market factors, while historical data is

most often used to define correlations among market factors. The distributions are then

used in a Monte Carlo simulation to obtain simulated changes in the market factors over the

time horizon to be used in the VaR calculation.

A vector of alternative values is created for each of the market factors by adding the

current value of the market factor, to each of the values in the vector of simulated changes.

Once this vector of alternative values of the market factors is obtained, the current and

alternative values for the portfolio, the changes in portfolio value and the VaR are

calculated exactly as in the historical method.

Page 215: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

234

3.12.5.2.2 VARIANCE-COVARIANCE, ANALYTIC OR PARAMETRIC

METHOD

The variance-covariance, or delta-normal, model was popularized by J.P. Morgan Chase

formerly J.P. Morgan) in the early 1990s. In the following, we will take the simple case,

where the only risk factor for the portfolio is the value of the assets themselves. The

following two assumptions enable to translate the VaR estimation problem into a linear

algebraic problem:

(1) The portfolio is composed of assets whose deltas are linear, more exactly: the change in

the value of the portfolio is linearly dependent on (i.e. is a linear combination of) all the

changes in the values of the assets, so that also the portfolio return is linearly dependent on

all the asset returns.

(2) The asset returns are jointly normally distributed.

The implication of (1) and (2) is that the portfolio return is normally distributed because it

always holds that a linear combination of jointly normally distributed variables is itself

normally distributed.

We will use the following notation:

means ―of the return on asset i― (for σ and μ) and "of asset i" (otherwise)

means ―of the return on the portfolio‖ (for σ and μ) and "of the portfolio"

(otherwise)

all returns are returns over the holding period

there are N assets

μ= expected value, i. e. mean

σ = standard deviation

V = initial value (in currency units)

= vector of all ωi (T means transposed)

= covariance matrix = matrix of covariances between all N asset returns, i. e. an

NxN matrix

The calculation goes as follows.

Page 216: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

235

(i)

(ii)

The normality assumption allows us to z-scale the calculated portfolio standard deviation to

the appropriate confidence level. So for the 95% confidence level VaR we get:

(iii)

The benefits of the variance-covariance model are the use of a more compact and

maintainable data set which can often be bought from third parties, and the speed of

calculation using optimized linear algebra libraries. Drawbacks include the assumption that

the portfolio is composed of assets whose delta is linear, and the assumption of a normal

distribution of asset returns (i. e. market price returns).

In summary this is similar to the historical method in that historical values of market

factors are collected in a database. The next steps are then to:

Decompose the instruments in the portfolio into cash equivalent positions in more

basic instruments

Specify the exact distributions for the market factors (or ―returns‖) and

Calculate portfolio variance and VaR using standard statistical methods.

Decompose financial instruments

The analytic method assumes that financial instruments can be decomposed or

―mapped‖ into a set of simpler instruments that are exposed to only one market factor. For

example a two-year UK Gilt can be mapped into a set of zero-coupon bonds representing

each cash flow. Each of these zero-coupon bonds is exposed to only one market factor - a

specific UK zero-coupon interest rate. Similarly a foreign currency bond can be mapped

into a set of zero-coupon bonds and a cash foreign exchange amount subject to movement

in the spot FX rate.

Page 217: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

236

Specify distributions

The analytic method makes assumptions about the distributions of market factors.

For example the most widely used analytic method, JP Morgan‘s RiskMetrics, assumes

that the underlying distributions are normal. With normal distributions all the historical

information is summarized in the mean, variance and covariance of the returns (market

factors), so users do not need to keep all the historical data.

Calculate portfolio variance and VaR

If all the market factors are assumed to be normally distributed, the portfolio, which

is the sum of the individual instruments can also be assumed to be normally distributed.

This means that the portfolio variance can be calculated using standard statistical methods

(similar to modern portfolio theory), namely:

The portfolio VaR is then a selected number of portfolio standard deviations, for

example 1.645 standard deviations will isolate 5% of the area of the distribution in the

lower tail of the Normal curve, providing 95% confidence in the estimate. Consider an

example where, using historical data the portfolio variance for a package of UK Gilts is

£348.57. The standard deviation of the portfolio would be, which is

£18.67. A 95% one-day VaR would be 1.645 x £18.67, which is £30.71.

Of course a bank‘s trading book will contain many hundreds of different assets, and

the method employed above, useful for a two-asset portfolio, will become unwieldy.

Therefore matrices are used to calculate the VaR of a portfolio where many correlation

coefficients are used.

Page 218: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

237

Matrix calculation of variance-covariance VaR

Consider the following hypothetical portfolio, invested in two assets, as shown in

Table 1. The standard deviation of each asset has been calculated on historical observation

of asset returns. Note that returns are returns of asset prices, rather than the prices

themselves; they are calculated from the actual prices by taking the ratio of closing prices.

The returns are then calculated as the logarithm of the price relatives. The mean and

standard deviation of the returns are then calculated using standard statistical formulae.

This would then give the standard deviation of daily price relatives, which is converted to

an annual figure by multiplying it by the square root of the number of days in a year,

usually taken to be 250.

The standard equation is used to calculate the variance of the portfolio, using the

individual asset standard deviations and the asset weightings; the VaR of the book is the

square root of the variance. Multiplying this figure by the current value of the portfolio

gives us the portfolio VaR, which is £2,113,491.

3.12.12 Risk Metrics

To facilitate one-day VAR calculations and extrapolate risk measures for longer risk

horizons, J. P. Morgan, in association with Reuters, began making their RiskMetricsTM

data

sets. This data includes historical variances and covariances on a variety of simple assets,

called primitive assets. Most other assets have cash flows that can be ‗mapped‘ into these

simpler RiskMetrics assets for VAR calculation purposes.

Page 219: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

238

In the RiskMetrics data set, daily variances and correlations are computed using an

‗exponentially weighted moving average‘. Unlike the simple moving-average volatility

estimate, an exponentially weighted moving average allows the most recent observations to

be more influential in the calculation than observations further in the past. This has the

advantage of capturing shocks in the market better than simple moving averages.

Value-at-Risk is a measure of the maximum potential change in value of the

portfolio of financial instruments with a given probability over a pre-set horizon. VaR

answers the question, "How much can I lose with x% probability over a given time

horizon?" For example, if you think that there is a 95% change that the DEM/USD

exchange rate will not fall by more than 1% of its current value over the next day, you can

calculate the maximum potential loss on, say, a USD 100 million DEM/USD position by

using the methodology and data provided by Risk Metrics.

Value-at-Risk is a number that represents the potential changes in portfolios future

value. How this change is defined depends on (1) the horizon over which the portfolios

change in value is measured and (2) the "degree of confidence" chosen by the risk manager.

VaR calculations can be performed without using standard deviation or correlation

forecasts. These are simply one set of inputs that can be used to calculate VaR and that Risk

Metrics provides for that purpose. The principal reason for referring to work with standard

deviations (volatility) is the strong evidence that the volatility of financial returns is

predictable. Therefore, if volatility is predictable, it makes sense to make forecast of it to

predict future values of the return distribution.

VaR for Indian Banks for Foreign Exchange Forward Position

The Foreign Exchange Dealers Association of India (FEDAI) with effect introduced a simple

model of VaR for banks in India for their forward positions from 29 August 1996. The VaR model

was based on data base built by FEDAI internally from 8 June 1995 to 28 June 1996 [more than one

year) for 1,3,6 months swap rates. The overnight variations in swap rates in paisa per dollar were

worked out. This is the daily volatility in swap rates. The standard deviation of overnight variations

in swap rates was calculated. This is the volatility in swap rates for the relevant period.

Page 220: Section 3.1: Cooperative Banking - Indian ETD Repository

239

The resultant figure is multiplied by 2 standard deviations to achieve 95.5% probability

and 97.5% level of confidence. The data can be updated every day by omitting day 1 and adding

the new day's data. Let us work out an example given by FEDAI in the table below:

1

Month

3

Months

6

Months

a

Number

of days in a

trading year

251

251

25

1

b

Standard

deviation, i.e.

Daily Volatility

6.0

3 paisa per

dollar

10.

05 paisa per

dollar

13.

95 paisa

per dollar

c

Daily

volatility at 2

standard

deviation (b*2)

(at 95.5%

probability and

97.5% level of

confidence

12.

06 paisa per

dollar

20.

10 paisa per

dollar

27.

90 paisa

per dollar

d Volatilit

y for 3 day

holding period

C* 3

20.

88 paisa per

dollar

34.

82 paisa

per dollar

48.

31 paisa

per dollar

Total VaR =2.08+3.48+ 4.83= Rs. 10.39 lakh

The gaps are marked to market every day. FEDAI will announce VaR for USD 1 million

positions every year. All that the banks have to do is to multiply each day's aggregate gap by

the figure furnished by FEDAI. Banks through the process of interpolation can arrive at VaR

for other maturities. The forward positions of banks in India are covered either in the forward

market or in the spot market and thereafter rolled over till maturity. Therefore, banks in India are

not required to maintain capital charge against their VaR. However, VaR serves the purpose of

management information for risk monitoring.